<PAGE> 1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998. COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 1-9718.
PNC BANK CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
PENNSYLVANIA 25-1435979
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
ONE PNC PLAZA
249 FIFTH AVENUE
PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 15222-2707
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
</TABLE>
Registrant's telephone number, including area code - (412) 762-1553
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Each Exchange
Title of Each Class on Which Registered
------------------- -------------------
<S> <C>
COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $5.00 New York Stock Exchange
$1.60 CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK-SERIES C, PAR VALUE $1.00 New York Stock Exchange
$1.80 CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK-SERIES D, PAR VALUE $1.00 New York Stock Exchange
</TABLE>
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
$1.80 CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK - SERIES A, PAR VALUE $1.00
$1.80 CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK - SERIES B, PAR VALUE $1.00
8.25% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2008
9.875% SUBORDINATED CAPITAL NOTES DUE 1999
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes _X_ No ___
Indicate by check mark if the disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. _X_
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of
the registrant amounted to approximately $15.1 billion at January 15, 1999.
There is no non-voting common equity of the registrant outstanding.
Number of shares of registrant's common stock outstanding at February 26, 1999:
302,103,797
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of PNC Bank Corp.'s 1998 Annual Report ("Annual Report to
Shareholders") are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II and portions of
the definitive Proxy Statement of PNC Bank Corp. for the annual meeting of
shareholders to be held on April 27, 1999 ("Proxy Statement") are incorporated
by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. The incorporation by reference
herein of portions of the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to specifically
incorporate by reference the information referred to in Item 402(a)(8) of
Regulation S-K.
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PART I Page
--------
<S> <C> <C>
Item 1 Business 2
Item 2 Properties 5
Item 3 Legal Proceedings 6
Item 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
Holders *
PART II
Item 5 Market for Registrant's Common Equity and
Related Stockholder Matters 6
Item 6 Selected Financial Data 6
Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of 6
Operations
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk 6
Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 6
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with
Accountants on Accounting and Financial *
Disclosure
PART III
Item 10 Directors and Executive Officers of the 6
Registrant
Item 11 Executive Compensation 7
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management 7
Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related 7
Transactions
PART IV
Item 14 Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
Reports on Form 8-K 7
SIGNATURES 8
EXHIBIT INDEX E-1
* Not applicable
</TABLE>
PART I
Forward-Looking Statements: From time to time the Corporation has made and may
continue to make forward-looking statements about financial and business
matters. As stated under the caption "Forward-Looking Statements" in the
"Financial Review" on page 49 of the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is
incorporated herein by reference, many factors could cause actual results for
such matters to differ materially from such forward-looking statements. The
Corporation assumes no duty to update forward-looking statements.
ITEM 1 - BUSINESS
BUSINESS OVERVIEW PNC Bank Corp. ("PNC Bank" or "Corporation") is a bank holding
company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended ("BHC
Act"). PNC Bank was incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania in 1983 with the consolidation of Pittsburgh National Corporation
and Provident National Corporation. Since 1983, PNC Bank has diversified its
geographical presence and product capabilities through strategic bank and
nonbank acquisitions and the formation of various nonbanking subsidiaries.
The Corporation is one of the largest diversified financial services companies
in the United States operating retail banking, asset management and wholesale
businesses that provide products and services nationally and in PNC Bank's
primary geographic markets in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Ohio and
Kentucky. At December 31, 1998, the Corporation's consolidated total assets,
deposits and shareholders' equity were $77.2 billion, $47.5 billion and $6.0
billion, respectively.
REVIEW OF BUSINESSES Information relating to PNC Regional Community Bank, PNC
National Consumer Bank, PNC Advisors, BlackRock, PFPC Worldwide, PNC Corporate
Bank, PNC Secured Finance and PNC Mortgage is set forth under the captions
"Overview" and "Review of Businesses" in the "Financial Review" included on
pages 40 through 49 of the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated
herein by reference.
SUBSIDIARIES The corporate legal structure currently consists of five subsidiary
banks and over 100 active nonbank subsidiaries. PNC Bank, National Association
("PNC Bank, N.A."), headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, is the
Corporation's principal bank subsidiary. At December 31, 1998, PNC Bank, N.A.
had total consolidated assets of $71.2 billion, representing approximately 92%
of the Corporation's consolidated assets. For additional information on
subsidiaries, see Exhibit 21 to this Form 10-K, which is incorporated herein by
reference.
2
<PAGE> 3
STATISTICAL DISCLOSURES BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES The following statistical
information is included on the indicated pages of the Annual Report to
Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page of
Annual
Report
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Analysis of Year-to-Year Changes in Net Interest 89
Income
Average Consolidated Balance Sheet and Net Interest
Analysis 90-91
Book Values of Securities 52 and 72
Maturities and Weighted-Average Yield of Securities 72
Loan Types 72
Loan Maturities and Interest Sensitivity 92
Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans 73
Potential Problem Loans 54
Summary of Loan Loss Experience 92
Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses 93
Average Amount and Average Rate Paid on Deposits 90-91
Time Deposits of $100,000 or More 93
Selected Consolidated Financial Data 39
Short-Term Borrowings 93
</TABLE>
RISK MANAGEMENT The Corporation's ordinary course of business involves varying
degrees of risk taking, the most significant of which are credit, liquidity,
interest rate and market risk. Although it cannot eliminate these risks, PNC
Bank has risk management processes designed to provide for risk identification,
measurement, monitoring and control. Information relating to credit, liquidity,
interest rate and market risk and the Corporation's risk management processes is
set forth under the section "Risk Management" in the "Financial Review" included
on pages 54 through 57 of the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is
incorporated herein by reference.
EFFECT OF GOVERNMENTAL MONETARY AND OTHER POLICIES The earnings and operations
of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are affected by monetary, tax
and other policies of the United States government and its agencies, including
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve
Board"). An important function of the Federal Reserve Board is to regulate the
national supply of bank credit. The Federal Reserve Board employs open market
operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank
borrowings and changes in reserve requirements on bank deposits to implement its
monetary policy objectives. These instruments of monetary policy are used in
varying combinations to influence the overall level of bank loans, investments
and deposits, the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits, the
price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets and the level of inflation. The
monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on
the operating results of banking institutions in the past and are expected to
continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to predict the nature or
timing of future changes in monetary, tax and other policies or the effect that
they may have on the Corporation's business and earnings.
IMPACT OF INFLATION The assets and liabilities of the Corporation are primarily
monetary in nature. Accordingly, future changes in prices do not affect the
obligations to pay or receive fixed and determinable amounts of money. During
periods of inflation, monetary assets lose value in terms of purchasing power,
and monetary liabilities have corresponding purchasing power gains. The concept
of purchasing power, however, is not an adequate indicator of the effect of
inflation on banks, because it does not take into account changes in interest
rates, which are an important determinant of the Corporation's earnings. A
discussion of interest rate risk is set forth under the section "Interest Rate
Risk" in the "Financial Review" included on page 56 of the Annual Report to
Shareholders.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION The Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to
numerous governmental regulations, some of which are highlighted below and in
"Note 14 - Regulatory Matters" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements" included on pages 75 and 76 of the Annual Report to Shareholders
("Note 14 - Regulatory Matters"), which is incorporated herein by reference. The
coverage of the regulations includes activity, investment and dividend
limitations on the bank holding company and its subsidiaries and
consumer-related protections for loan, deposit, brokerage, fiduciary and mutual
fund customers.
As a bank holding company registered under the BHC Act, the Corporation is
subject to the supervision and regular inspection by the Federal Reserve Board.
Under the BHC Act, the Federal Reserve Board's prior approval is required in any
case the Corporation proposes to acquire all or substantially all of the assets
of any bank, acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of
the voting shares of any bank, or merge or consolidate with any other bank
holding company. The BHC Act also prohibits, with certain exceptions, the
Corporation from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than
5% of any class of voting shares of any nonbanking corporation. Under the BHC
Act, the Corporation may not engage in any business other than managing and
controlling banks or furnishing certain specified services to subsidiaries and
may not acquire voting control of nonbanking corporations unless the Federal
Reserve Board determines such businesses and services to be closely related to
banking. When reviewing bank acquisition applications for approval, the Federal
Reserve Board considers, among other things, each subsidiary bank's record in
meeting the credit needs of the communities it serves in accordance with the
Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended ("CRA"). At December 31, 1998,
the Corporation's principal bank subsidiary, PNC Bank, N.A., was rated
"Outstanding" with respect to CRA. Other bank subsidiaries were rated
"Satisfactory."
The Corporation's subsidiary banks are subject to supervision and examination by
applicable federal and state banking
3
<PAGE> 4
agencies, including such federal agencies as the Office of the Comptroller of
the Currency ("OCC") with respect to PNC Bank, National Association and PNC
National Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") with respect
to PNC Bank, Delaware and PNC Bank, New England, and the Office of Thrift
Supervision with respect to PNC Bank, FSB. The Corporation's subsidiary banks
are subject to various federal and state restrictions on their ability to pay
dividends to the Corporation, which constitutes the principal source of income
to the parent company as discussed under the caption "Liquidity Risk" in the
"Financial Review" on page 55 of the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is
incorporated herein by reference. The Corporation's subsidiary banks are also
subject to federal laws limiting extensions of credit to their parent holding
company and nonbank affiliates as discussed in "Note 14 - Regulatory Matters."
The federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective action as
deemed appropriate for an insured depository institution and its holding
company. The extent of these powers depends upon whether the institution in
question is considered "well capitalized," "adequately capitalized,"
"undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized" or "critically
undercapitalized." Generally, as an institution is deemed to be less well
capitalized, the scope and severity of the agencies' powers increase, ultimately
permitting the agency to appoint a receiver for the institution. Business
activities may also be influenced by an institution's capital classification.
For instance, only a "well capitalized" depository institution may accept
brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval and an "adequately
capitalized" depository institution may accept brokered deposits only with prior
regulatory approval. At December 31, 1998, all of the Corporation's subsidiary
banks exceeded the required ratios for classification as "well capitalized."
Additional discussion of capital adequacy requirements is set forth under the
caption "Capital" in the "Financial Review" on page 53 of the Annual Report to
Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.
All of the subsidiary banks are insured by the FDIC and subject to premium
assessments. The amount of FDIC assessments is based on the institution's
relative risk as measured by regulatory capital ratios and certain other
factors. Under current regulations, the Corporation's subsidiary banks are not
assessed a premium on deposits insured by either the Bank Insurance Fund or the
Savings Association Insurance Fund. However, insured depository institutions
continue to pay premiums based on deposit levels to service debt on bonds issued
by a governmental entity. Under current law, these premiums are scheduled to
increase in the year 2000.
The Corporation's subsidiary banks are subject to "cross-guarantee" provisions
under federal law that provide if one FDIC-insured depository institution of a
multi-bank holding company fails or requires FDIC assistance, the FDIC may
assess a "commonly controlled" depository institution for the estimated losses
suffered by the FDIC. Such liability could have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition of any assessed bank and the Corporation. While the FDIC's
claim is junior to the claims of depositors, holders of secured liabilities,
general creditors and subordinated creditors; it is superior to the claims of
shareholders and affiliates.
Under Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company is expected to act as
a source of financial strength to each of its subsidiary banks and to commit
resources to support each such bank. Consistent with the "source of strength"
policy for subsidiary banks, the Federal Reserve Board has stated that, as a
matter of prudent banking, a bank holding company generally should not maintain
a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common shareholders
has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the prospective rate of
earnings retention appears to be consistent with the corporation's capital
needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.
The Corporation's nonbank subsidiaries are subject to regulatory restrictions
imposed by the Federal Reserve Board and other federal and state agencies. The
Corporation's five registered broker-dealer subsidiaries are regulated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and either by the OCC or the Federal
Reserve Board. They are also subject to rules and regulations promulgated by the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., among others. Several nonbank
subsidiaries that are registered investment advisers are subject to the
regulations of the SEC and other agencies. Investment advisers that are national
bank subsidiaries are also subject to OCC supervision.
Over the past few years, the regulatory framework applicable to the Corporation
and its subsidiaries has been subject to extensive Congressional and agency
review, which has resulted in some liberalization and may result in further
reforms. Current proposals include easing restrictions on insurance and
investment banking activities and easing bank ownership requirements. There are
also proposals to further regulate banking and financial services, some of which
limit finance charges and other fees and charges earned by the Corporation.
Management currently cannot predict the outcome of these proposals or the
effect, if any, on the Corporation.
4
<PAGE> 5
Since 1995, the BHC Act has permitted bank holding companies from any state to
acquire banks and bank holding companies located in any other state, subject to
certain conditions. Effective June 1, 1997, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act
gave the Corporation's subsidiary banks the ability, subject to certain
restrictions, to consolidate with one another or to acquire by acquisition or
merger branches outside their home state. Pursuant to these provisions, the
Corporation merged certain subsidiary banks during 1997. Competition has
increased further as banks branch across state lines and enter new markets.
COMPETITION The Corporation and its subsidiaries are subject to vigorous and
intense competition from various financial institutions and increasingly from
"nonbank" entities that engage in similar activities without being subject to
bank regulatory supervision and restrictions. This is particularly true as the
Corporation expands nationally beyond its primary geographic footprint, where
expansion requires significant investments to penetrate new markets and respond
to competition.
In making loans, the subsidiary banks compete with traditional banking
institutions as well as consumer finance companies, leasing companies and other
nonbank lenders. Loan pricing and credit standards are under competitive
pressure as lenders seek to deploy capital and a broader range of borrowers has
access to capital markets. Traditional deposit activities are subject to pricing
pressures and customer migration as the competition for consumer investment
dollars intensifies among banks and other financial services companies. The
Corporation's subsidiary banks compete for deposits not only with other
commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations and credit
unions, but also insurance companies and issuers of commercial paper and other
securities, including mutual funds. Various nonbank subsidiaries engaged in
investment banking and venture capital activities compete with commercial banks,
investment banking firms, insurance companies and venture capital firms. In
providing asset management services, the Corporation's subsidiaries compete with
many large banks, trust companies, brokerage houses, mutual fund managers, other
registered investment advisers and insurance companies.
The ability to access and use technology is an increasingly important
competitive factor in the financial services industry. Technology is not only
important with respect to delivery of financial services, but in processing
information. Each of the Corporation's businesses consistently must make
technological investments to remain competitive.
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT Information concerning each executive
officer of the Corporation as of March 1, 1999 is set forth below. Each
executive officer held the position indicated or another senior executive
position with the same entity or one of its affiliates or a predecessor
corporation for the past five years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year
Name Age Position with Corporation Employed(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Thomas H. O'Brien (2) 62 Chairman, Chief Executive 1962
Officer and Director
James E. Rohr (2) 50 President, Chief 1972
Operating Officer and
Director
Walter E. Gregg, Jr. (2) 57 Senior Executive Vice 1974
President, Finance and
Administration and
Director
Joseph C. Guyaux 48 Executive Vice President 1972
and Chief Executive
Officer, PNC Regional
Community Bank
Frederick J. Gronbacher 56 Executive Vice President, 1976
PNC National Consumer
Bank
Robert L. Haunschild 49 Senior Vice President and 1990
Chief Financial Officer
Ralph S. Michael III 44 Executive Vice President 1979
and Chief Executive
Officer, PNC Corporate
Bank
Thomas E. Paisley III 51 Senior Vice President and 1972
Chairman, Corporate
Credit Policy Committee
Samuel R. Patterson 40 Senior Vice President 1986
and Controller
Helen P. Pudlin 49 Senior Vice President and 1989
General Counsel
Bruce E. Robbins 54 Executive Vice President 1973
and Chief Executive
Officer, PNC Secured
Finance
Thomas K. Whitford 42 Executive Vice President 1983
and Chief Executive
Officer, PNC Advisors
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Where applicable, refers to year first employed by predecessor company or
acquired company.
(2) Office of the Chairman member.
ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES
The executive and administrative offices of the Corporation and PNC Bank, N.A.
are located at One PNC Plaza, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The thirty-story
structure is owned by PNC Bank, N.A. The Corporation and PNC Bank, N.A. occupy
all of the building. In addition, PNC Bank, N.A. owns a thirty-four story
structure adjacent to One PNC Plaza, known as Two PNC Plaza, 620 Liberty Avenue,
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, that houses
5
<PAGE> 6
additional office space. PNC Bank, N.A. also owns a data processing and
telecommunications center located in a suburb of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
The Corporation's subsidiaries own or lease numerous other premises for use in
conducting business activities. The facilities owned or occupied under lease by
the Corporation's subsidiaries are considered by management to be adequate.
Additional information pertaining to the Corporation's properties is set forth
in "Note 8 - Premises, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements" of the "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements" included on page 74 of the Annual Report to
Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information set forth in "Note 22 - Litigation" of the "Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements" included on page 84 of the Annual Report to
Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
PART II
ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The Corporation's common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and is
traded under the symbol "PNC". At the close of business on February 26, 1999,
there were 63,542 common shareholders of record.
Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends when declared by the
Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. The Board of
Directors may not pay or set apart dividends on the common stock until dividends
for all past dividend periods on any series of outstanding preferred stock have
been paid or declared and set apart for payment. The Board presently intends to
continue the policy of paying quarterly cash dividends. However, the amount of
any future dividends will depend on earnings, the financial condition of the
Corporation and other factors, including contractual restrictions and applicable
government regulations and policies (such as those relating to the ability of
the subsidiary banks and nonbank subsidiaries to upstream dividends to the
parent company). The Federal Reserve Board has the power to prohibit the
Corporation from paying dividends without prior regulatory approval. Further
discussion concerning dividend restrictions is set forth under the caption
"Supervision and Regulation" in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K and in "Note 14
- - Regulatory Matters," which sections are incorporated herein by reference.
Additional information relating to the common stock is set forth under the
caption "Common Stock Prices/Dividends Declared" on page 94 of the Annual Report
to Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data" on page 39 of the Annual Report to
Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The discussion of the Corporation's financial position and results of operations
set forth under the section "Financial Review" on pages 39 through 62 of the
Annual Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7A - QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
MARKET RISK
The information set forth under the sections "Interest Rate Risk", "Market Risk"
and "Financial Derivatives" on pages 56 through 59 of the Annual Report to
Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The "Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors," "Consolidated Financial
Statements," "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Selected
Quarterly Financial Data" on pages 63, 64 through 67, 68 through 87, and 88,
respectively, of the Annual Report to Shareholders are incorporated herein by
reference.
PART III
ITEM 10 - DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Information relating to the principal occupations of directors of the
Corporation, their ages, directorships in other companies and respective terms
of office is set forth under the heading "Election of Directors - Information
Concerning Nominees" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by
reference.
Information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 set forth under the heading "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership
Reporting Compliance" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by
reference.
Information regarding executive officers of the Corporation is included in Part
I of this Form 10-K under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant."
6
<PAGE> 7
ITEM 11 - EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information regarding compensation of directors and executive officers under the
captions "Election of Directors - Compensation of Directors," "Election of
Directors - Common Stock Purchase Guideline" and "Compensation of Executive
Officers," excluding the "Personnel and Compensation Committee Report on
Executive Compensation," in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 12 - SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
AND MANAGEMENT
Information regarding the beneficial ownership of the equity securities of the
Corporation by all directors, each of the five highest compensated executive
officers and all directors and executive officers of the Corporation as a group
under the heading "Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers" in
the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13 - CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Information regarding transactions and relationships with certain directors and
executive officers of the Corporation and their associates under the heading
"Compensation of Executive Officers-Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by
reference.
PART IV
ITEM 14 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND
REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following report of independent auditors and
consolidated financial information of the Corporation included in the Annual
Report to Shareholders are incorporated herein by reference.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page of
Annual
Financial Statements Report
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors 63
Consolidated Statement of Income for the three
years ended December 31, 1998 64
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998
and 1997 65
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity
for the three years ended December 31, 1998 66
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the
three years ended December 31, 1998 67
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 68-87
Selected Quarterly Financial Data 88
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
No financial statement schedules are being filed.
REPORTS ON FORM 8-K The following reports on Form 8-K were filed during the
quarter ended December 31, 1998, or thereafter:
Form 8-K dated as of October 15, 1998, reporting the Corporation's consolidated
financial results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 1998, filed
pursuant to Item 5.
Form 8-K dated as of December 23, 1998, reporting developments regarding the
Corporation's credit card business, filed pursuant to Item 5.
Form 8-K dated as of January 19, 1999, reporting the Corporation's consolidated
financial results for the three months and year ended December 31, 1998, filed
pursuant to Item 5.
Form 8-K dated as of February 16, 1999, reporting the public offering of
$250,000,000 of 6-1/8% subordinated notes due 2009, filed pursuant to Item 5.
EXHIBITS The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index on pages E-1 and E-2 of this
Form 10-K are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference.
7
<PAGE> 8
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant, PNC Bank Corp., has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
PNC BANK CORP.
(Registrant)
By: /s/ Robert L. Haunschild
- -----------------------------------------------------
Robert L. Haunschild, Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
March 25, 1999
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of PNC Bank Corp. and
in the capacity indicated on March 25, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature Capacities
- ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
/s/ Thomas H. O'Brien Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
- ---------------------------------------------------- and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Thomas H. O'Brien
/s/ Robert L. Haunschild Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
- ---------------------------------------------------- Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Robert L. Haunschild
/s/ Samuel R. Patterson Senior Vice President and Controller
- ---------------------------------------------------- (Principal Accounting Officer)
Samuel R. Patterson
* Paul W. Chellgren; Robert N. Clay; George A. A Majority of the Directors
Davidson, Jr.; David F. Girard-diCarlo; Walter E.
Gregg, Jr.; William R. Johnson; Bruce C. Lindsay;
W. Craig McClelland; Jane G. Pepper; Jackson H.
Randolph; James E. Rohr; Roderic H. Ross; Richard
P. Simmons; Thomas J. Usher; Milton A. Washington;
and Helge H. Wehmeier
</TABLE>
*By: /s/ Thomas R. Moore
------------------------------------------
Thomas R. Moore, Attorney-in-Fact,
pursuant to Power of Attorney filed
herewith
8
<PAGE> 9
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
No. Description Method of Filing +
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended. Filed herewith.
3.2 By-Laws of the Corporation, as amended. Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 of the Current Report on
Form 8-K dated January 15, 1998.
4.1 Instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of
the Corporation and its subsidiaries are not filed as Exhibits
because the amount of debt under each instrument is less than
10 percent of the consolidated assets of the Corporation. The
Corporation undertakes to file these instruments with the
Commission on request.
4.2 Designation of Series: $1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Incorporated herein as part of Exhibit 3.1.
Stock -- Series A.
4.3 Designation of Series: $1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Incorporated herein as part of Exhibit 3.1.
Stock -- Series B.
4.4 Designation of Series: $1.60 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Incorporated herein as part of Exhibit 3.1.
Stock -- Series C.
4.5 Designation of Series: $1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Incorporated herein as part of Exhibit 3.1.
Stock -- Series D.
4.6 Designation of Series: Fixed/Adjustable Rate Noncumulative Incorporated herein as part of Exhibit 3.1.
Preferred Stock - Series F.
10.1 Supplemental Executive Retirement Income and Disability Plan of Incorporated herein by reference to
the Corporation. Exhibit 10.2 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1990 ("1990 Form 10-K"). *
10.2 Amendments to Supplemental Executive Retirement Income and Incorporated herein by reference to
Disability Plan. Exhibit 10.2 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1996 ("1996 Form 10-K). *
10.3 Amendment to Supplemental Executive Retirement Income and Filed herewith. *
Disability Plan.
10.4 Supplemental Executive Life Insurance and Spouse's Benefit Plan of Incorporated herein by reference to
the Corporation. Exhibit 10.3 of the 1990 Form 10-K. *
10.5 November 21, 1996 Amendment to Supplemental Executive Life Incorporated herein by reference to
Insurance and Spouse's Benefit Plan. Exhibit 10.4 of the 1996 Form 10-K. *
10.6 1997 Long-Term Incentive Award Plan of the Corporation ("1997 Incorporated herein by reference to
Award Plan"). Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation's
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to
Registration Statement on Form S-8 at
File No. 33-54960. *
10.7 Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 1997 Award Plan. Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.6 of the 1997 Form 10-K. *
10.8 Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 1997 Award Plan Filed herewith. *
for options granted on or after February 17, 1999.
10.9 Form of Incentive Share Agreement under 1992 Award Plan (June Incorporated herein by reference to
1995), as amended November 21, 1996. Exhibit 10.7 of the 1996 Form 10-K. *
10.10 Form of Addendum to Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement relating Incorporated herein by reference to
to Reload Nonstatutory Stock Options. Exhibit 10.8 of the 1997 Form 10-K. *
10.11 Form of Reload Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.9 of the 1997 Form 10-K. *
10.12 Form of Incentive Share Agreement - Share Price, RSR and ROCE Incorporated herein by reference to
Performance Goals. Exhibit 10.10 of the 1997 Form 10-K. *
</TABLE>
E-1
<PAGE> 10
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
10.13 PNC Bank Corp. 1994 Annual Incentive Award Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6
of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1994 ("1994
Form 10-K"). *
10.14 PNC Bank Corp. 1996 Executive Incentive Award Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2
of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended September 30, 1996
("3Q 1996 Form 10-Q"). *
10.15 PNC Bank Corp. and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2
to the Corporation's Registration
Statement on Form S-8 at File No. 333-18069. *
10.16 Amendment to PNC Bank Corp. and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Filed herewith. *
Plan.
10.17 PNC Bank Corp. Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
to the Corporation's Registration
Statement on Form S-8 at File No. 333-18069. *
10.18 PNC Bank Corp. Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended. Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.12 of the 1996 Form 10-K. *
10.19 1992 Director Share Incentive Plan. Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.6 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1992. *
10.20 PNC Bank Corp. Directors Retirement Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7
of the 1994 Form 10-K. *
10.21 PNC Bank Corp. Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
of the 3Q 1996 Form 10-Q. *
10.22 Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.17 of the 1996 Form 10-K. *
10.23 Amended and Restated Trust Agreement between the Corporation, Incorporated herein by reference to
as Settlor, and NationsBank, N.A., as Trustee (which has been Exhibit 10.18 of the 1996 Form 10-K. *
replaced by Hershey Trust Company, as successor Trustee).
12.1 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. Filed herewith.
12.2 Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Filed herewith.
Dividends.
13 Excerpts from the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended Filed herewith.
December 31, 1998. Such Annual Report, except for those
portions thereof that are expressly incorporated by reference
herein, is furnished for information of the SEC only and is
not deemed to be "filed" as part of this Form 10-K.
21 Schedule of Certain Subsidiaries of the Corporation. Filed herewith.
23 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors for the Filed herewith.
Corporation.
24 Power of Attorney of directors and officers of the Corporation. Filed herewith.
27 Financial Data Schedule. Filed herewith.
</TABLE>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Except where otherwise expressly noted, incorporated document references are
to Commission File No. 1-9718.
* Denotes management contract or compensatory plan.
E-2
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 3.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
PNC BANK CORP.
[Composite, includes amendments through November 18, 1998.]
FIRST. The name of the Corporation is PNC BANK CORP.
SECOND. The location and post office address of its registered office in
this Commonwealth is 249 Fifth Avenue, One PNC Plaza, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
15222-2707.
THIRD. The Corporation is incorporated under the provisions of the Business
Corporation Law, the Act approved May 5, 1933, P. L. 364, as amended. The
purpose of the Corporation is and it shall have unlimited power to engage in and
to do any lawful act concerning any or all lawful business for which
corporations may be incorporated under such Act.
FOURTH. The term of the Corporation's existence is perpetual.
FIFTH. The authority to make, amend and repeal the by-laws of the
Corporation is hereby vested in the Board of Directors, subject to the power of
the shareholders to change any such action.
SIXTH. The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation
shall have authority to issue is 470,000,000 shares divided into two classes
consisting of 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the par value of $1 each
("Preferred Stock") and 450,000,000 shares of common stock of the par value of
$5 each ("Common Stock").
SEVENTH. The following is a statement of certain of the designations,
preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, restrictions, and special
or relative rights in respect of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock and a
statement of the authority vested in the Board of Directors to fix by resolution
any designations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations,
restrictions and special or relative rights of any series of Preferred Stock
which are not fixed hereby:
PREFERRED STOCK
1. Issuance in series. The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time
to time in series. Each series shall be so designated as to distinguish the
shares thereof from the shares of all other series. All shares of any particular
series shall be identical except, if entitled to cumulative dividends, as to the
date or dates from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative. The shares of
any one series need not be identical or rank equally with the shares of any
other series except as required by law or as provided hereby. The Board of
Directors is expressly vested with authority to establish and designate any one
or more series of Preferred Stock and to fix and determine by resolution any
designations, preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, restrictions
or special or relative rights of additional series which are not fixed hereby,
including the following:
(a) The number of shares to constitute the series and the distinctive
designation thereof.
(b) The dividend rate, the dates for payment of dividends, whether dividends
shall be cumulative, and, if so, the date or dates from which and the
extent to which dividends shall be cumulative.
(c) The amount or amounts payable upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation
of the Corporation.
(d) The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series.
(e) The redemption price or prices, if any, and the terms and conditions on
which shares may be redeemed.
<PAGE> 2
(f) Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into or
exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Corporation or other
securities, and, if so, the conversion price or prices or the rate or
rates of conversion or exchange, any adjustments thereof, and any other
terms and conditions of conversion or exchange.
(g) Whether the shares of the series shall be entitled to the benefit of any
retirement or sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption
of such shares, and, if so, the amount thereof and the terms and
conditions relative to the operation thereof.
(h) The rank of the shares of the series, as to dividends and assets, in
relation to the shares of any other class or series of capital stock of
the Corporation.
(i) Such other preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations,
restrictions or special or relative rights of any series as are not
fixed hereby and as the Board of Directors may deem advisable and state
in such resolutions.
2. Dividends. The holders of shares of each series of Preferred Stock shall
be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors,
dividends at the rate which shall have been fixed hereby or by the Board of
Directors as authorized hereby with respect to such series, and no more except
as shall have been determined by the Board of Directors as authorized hereby. If
dividends on a particular series shall have been determined hereby or by the
Board of Directors as authorized hereby to be cumulative, no dividends shall be
paid or set apart for payment or declared on the Common Stock or on any class or
series of stock of the Corporation ranking as to dividends subordinate to such
series (other than dividends payable in Common Stock or in any class or series
of stock of the Corporation ranking as to dividends and assets subordinate to
such series) and no payment shall be made or set apart for the purchase,
redemption or other acquisition for value of any shares of Common Stock or of
any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking as to dividends or
assets subordinate to such series, until dividends (to the extent cumulative)
for all past dividend periods on all outstanding shares of such series have been
paid, or declared and set apart for payment, in full. In case dividends for any
dividend period are not paid in full on all shares of Preferred Stock ranking
equally as to dividends, all such shares shall participate ratably in the
payment of dividends for such period in proportion to the full amounts of
dividends to which they are respectively entitled.
3. Liquidation of the Corporation. In the event of voluntary or involuntary
liquidation of the Corporation the holders of shares if each series of Preferred
Stock shall be entitled to receive from the assets of the corporation (whether
capital or surplus), prior to any payment to the holders of Common Stock or of
any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking as to assets subordinate
to such series, the amount fixed hereby or by the Board of Directors as
authorized hereby for such series, plus, in case dividends on such series shall
have been determined hereby or by the Board of Directors as authorized hereby to
be cumulative, an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (to
the extent cumulative) computed to the date on which payment thereof is made
available, whether or not earned or declared. After such payment to the holders
of shares of such series, any remaining balance shall be paid to the holders of
Common Stock or of any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking as to
assets subordinate to such series, as they may be entitled. If, upon liquidation
of the Corporation, its assets are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts so
payable to the holders of shares of all series of Preferred Stock ranking
equally as to assets, all such shares shall participate ratably in the
distribution of assets in proportion to the full amounts to which they are
respectively entitled. Neither a merger nor a consolidation of the Corporation
into or with any other corporation nor a sale, transfer or lease of all or part
of the assets of the Corporation shall be deemed a liquidation of the
Corporation within the meaning of this paragraph.
4. Voting rights.
(a) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of shares of Preferred
Stock shall have only such voting rights, if any, as shall have been
fixed and determined hereby or by the Board of Directors as authorized
hereby. Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided
hereby or by the Board of Directors as authorized hereby, holders of
Preferred Stock having voting rights and holders of Common Stock shall
vote together as one class.
2
<PAGE> 3
(b) If the Corporation shall have failed to pay, or declare and set apart
for payment, dividends on all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in
an amount equal to six quarterly dividends at the rates payable upon
such shares (whether or not such dividends are cumulative), the number
of directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two at the first
annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation held thereafter,
and at such meeting and at each subsequent annual meeting until
cumulative dividends payable for all past dividend periods and
continuous noncumulative dividends for at least one year on all
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock entitled thereto shall have been
paid, or declared and set apart for payment, in full, the holders of
shares of Preferred Stock of all series shall have the right, voting as
a class, to elect such two additional members of the Board of Directors
to hold office for a term of one year. Upon such payment, or such
declaration and setting apart for payment, in full, the terms of the two
additional directors so elected shall forthwith terminate, and the
number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced by two, and such
voting right of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall cease,
subject to increase in the number of directors as aforesaid and to
revesting of such voting right in the event of each and every additional
failure in the payment of dividends in an amount equal to six quarterly
dividends as aforesaid.
5. Action by the Corporation requiring approval of Preferred Stock. The
Corporation shall not, without the affirmative vote at a meeting, or at the
written consent with or without a meeting, of the holders of at least two-thirds
of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of all series (a) create or
increase the authorized number of shares of any class of stock ranking as to
dividends or assets prior to the Preferred Stock; or (b) change the preferences,
qualifications, privileges, limitations, restrictions or special or relative
rights granted to or imposed upon the shares of Preferred Stock in any material
respect adverse to the holders thereof, provided that if any such change will
affect any particular series materially and adversely as contrasted with the
effect thereof upon any other series, no such change may be made without, in
addition, such vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then
outstanding shares of the particular series which would be so affected.
6. Redemption and acquisition.
(a) Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors as authorized
hereby, the Corporation, at its option to be exercised by its Board of
Directors, may redeem the whole or any part of the Preferred Stock or of
any series thereof at such times and at the applicable amount for each
share which shall have been fixed and determined hereby or by the Board
of Directors as authorized hereby with respect thereto, plus, in case
dividends shall have been determined hereby or by the Board of Directors
as authorized hereby to be cumulative, an amount equal to the accrued
and unpaid dividends thereon (to the extent cumulative) computed to the
date fixed for redemption, whether or not earned or declared
(hereinafter collectively called the "redemption price"). If at any time
less than all of the Preferred Stock then outstanding is to be called
for redemption, the Board may select one or more series to be redeemed,
and if less than all the outstanding Preferred Stock of any series is to
be called for redemption, the shares to be redeemed may be selected by
lot or by such other equitable method as the Board in its discretion may
determine. Notice of every redemption, stating the redemption date, the
redemption price, and the place of payment thereof, and, if less than
all of the Preferred Stock then outstanding is called for redemption,
identifying the shares to be redeemed, shall be published at least once
in a newspaper printed in the English language and of general
circulation in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or in the Borough
of Manhattan, the City of New York, New York, the first publication to
be not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for
redemption. Copies of such notice shall be mailed at least 30 days and
not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the
holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their addresses as the
same shall appear on the books of the Corporation, but failure to give
such additional notice by mail or any defect therein or failure of any
addressee to receive it shall not affect the validity of the proceedings
for redemption. The Corporation, upon publication of the first notice of
redemption as aforesaid or upon irrevocably authorizing the bank or
trust company hereinafter mentioned to publish such notice as aforesaid,
may deposit or cause to be deposited in trust with a bank or trust
company in the City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or in the Borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York, New York, an amount equal to the
redemption price of the shares to be redeemed, which amount shall be
payable to the holders thereof upon surrender of certificates therefor
on or after
3
<PAGE> 4
the date fixed for redemption or prior thereto if so directed by the
Board of Directors. Upon such deposit, or if no such deposit is made
then from and after the date fixed for redemption unless the Corporation
shall default in making payment of the redemption price upon surrender
of the certificates as aforesaid, the shares called for redemption shall
cease to be outstanding and the holders thereof shall cease to be
shareholders with respect to such shares and shall have no interest in
or claim against the Corporation with respect to such shares other than
the right to receive the redemption price from such bank or trust
company or from the Corporation, as the case may be, without interest
thereon, upon surrender of certificates as aforesaid; provided that
conversion rights of shares called for redemption shall terminate at the
close of business on the date fixed for redemption or at such earlier
time as shall have been fixed by the Board of Directors as authorized
hereby. Any funds so deposited which shall not be required for such
redemption because of the exercise of conversion rights subsequent to
the date of such deposit shall be returned to the Corporation. In case
any holder of shares called for redemption shall not, within six years
after the date of such deposit, have claimed the amount deposited with
respect to the redemption thereof, such bank or trust company, upon
demand, shall pay over to the Corporation such unclaimed amount and
shall thereupon be relieved of all responsibility in respect thereof to
such holder, and thereafter such holder shall look only to the
Corporation for payment thereof. Any interest which may accrue on funds
so deposited shall be paid to the Corporation from time to time.
(b) Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors as authorized
hereby, the Corporation shall have the right to acquire Preferred Stock
from time to time at such price or prices as the Corporation may
determine, provided that unless dividends (to the extent cumulative)
payable for all past quarterly dividend periods on all outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock entitled to cumulative dividends have been
paid, or declared and set apart for payment, in full, the Corporation
shall not acquire for value any shares of Preferred Stock except in
accordance with an offer (which may vary as to terms offered with
respect to shares of different series but not with respect to shares of
the same series) made in writing or by publication (as determined by the
Board of Directors) to all holders of record of shares of Preferred
Stock.
(c) Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors as authorized
hereby, Preferred Stock redeemed or acquired by the Corporation
otherwise than by conversion shall not be canceled or retired except by
action of the Board and shall have the status of authorized and unissued
Preferred Stock which may be reissued by the Board as shares of the same
or any other series until canceled and retired by action of the Board,
but, at the option of the Board, Preferred Stock acquired otherwise than
by redemption or conversion may be held as treasury shares which may be
reissued by the Board until canceled and retired by action of the Board.
$1.80 CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A
7. Designation. A series of Preferred Stock designated $1.80 Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A (Redeemable) (herein called "Series A
Preferred Stock") is hereby established, consisting of 98,583 shares subject to
increase or decrease in the number of shares in accordance with the law.
8. Dividends. The dividend rate of shares of this series shall be $1.80 per
share per year, payable quarterly on the tenth day of each March, June,
September and December. Dividends shall be cumulative from the March 10, June
10, September 10 or December 10 next preceding the date of issue of each share,
unless the date of issue is a quarterly dividend payment date or a date between
the record date for the determination of holders of $1.80 Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock of Provident National Corporation, a predecessor of the
Corporation (such stock having been converted into the Series A Preferred
Stock), entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and the date of payment of such
quarterly dividend, in either of which events such dividends shall be cumulative
from such quarterly dividend payment date.
4
<PAGE> 5
9. Liquidation. The amount payable upon shares of Series A Preferred Stock
in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Corporation, prior
to any payment to the holders of Common Stock or of any class or series of stock
of the Corporation ranking as to assets subordinate to the Series A Preferred
Stock, shall be $40.00 per share plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends thereon computed to the date on which payment thereof is made
available, whether or not earned or declared.
10. Redemption. Shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at
any time at $40.00 per share plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends thereon computed to the date fixed for redemption, whether or not
earned or declared.
11. Voting rights. Each holder of record of Series A Preferred Stock shall
have the right to a number of votes equal to the number of full shares of Common
Stock into which the share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock standing in his
name on the books of the Corporation are at the time convertible.
12. Conversion provisions.
(a) Shares of Series A Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder, be
converted into Common Stock of the Corporation (as such stock may be
constituted on the conversion date) at the rate of two shares of Common
Stock for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment
as provided herein; provided that, as to any shares of Series A
Preferred Stock which shall have been called for redemption, the
conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date
fixed for redemption.
(b) The holder of a share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock may exercise
the conversion right as to any thereof by delivering to the Corporation,
during regular business hours, at its principal office or at the office
of any of its transfer agents for the Series A Preferred Stock or at
such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, the
certificate or certificates for the shares to be converted, duly
endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Corporation (if required by it),
accompanied by written notice stating that the holder elects to convert
such shares and stating the name or names (with address) in which the
certificate or certificates for Common Stock are to be issued.
Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the date when such
delivery is made, and such date is referred to herein as the "conversion
date". As promptly as practicable thereafter the Corporation shall issue
and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder, at such office
or other place designated by the Corporation, a certificate or
certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which he
is entitled and a check, cash, scrip certificate or other adjustment in
respect of any fraction of a share as provided in section 12(d) below.
The person in whose name the certificate or certificates for Common
Stock are to be issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of such
Common Stock of record on the conversion date unless the transfer books
of the Corporation are closed on that date, in which event he shall be
deemed to have become a holder of such Common Stock of record on the
next succeeding date on which the transfer books are open, but the
conversion rate shall be that in effect on the conversion date.
(c) No payment or adjustment shall be made for dividends accrued on any
shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted or for dividends on any
shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion.
(d) The Corporation shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share
upon conversion of any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If
more than one share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be surrendered for
conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the
basis of the total number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock so
surrendered. If any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock would
be deliverable upon conversion, the Corporation shall make an adjustment
therefor in cash unless its Board of Directors shall have determined to
adjust fractional interests by issuance of scrip certificates or in some
other manner. Adjustment in cash shall be made on the basis of the
current market value of one share of Common Stock, which shall be taken
to be the last reported sale price of the Corporation's Common Stock on
the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed on
the last business day before the conversion date or, if there was no
reported sale on that day, the average of the closing bid and asked
quotations on that exchange on that day or, if the Common Stock is not
then listed on any stock exchange, the average of the lowest bid and the
highest asked quotations in the over-the-counter market on that day.
5
<PAGE> 6
(e) The issuance of Common Stock on conversion of Series A Preferred Stock
shall be without charge to the converting holder of Series A Preferred
Stock for any tax in respect of the issuance thereof, but the
Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in
respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares
in any name other than that of the holder of record on the books of the
Corporation of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted, and the
Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate
for shares of Common Stock unless and until the person requesting the
issuance thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such
tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation
that such tax has been paid.
(f) The conversion rate provided the section 12(a) shall be subject to the
following adjustments, which shall be made to the nearest one-hundredth
of a share of Common Stock or, if none, to the next lower one-hundredth:
(1) If the Corporation shall pay to the holders of its Common Stock a
dividend in the shares of Common Stock, the conversion rate in effect
immediately prior to the record date fixed for the determination of the
holders of Common Stock entitled to such dividend shall be proportionately
increased, effective at the opening of business on the next following full
business day.
(2) If the Corporation shall split the outstanding shares of its Common
Stock into a greater number of shares or combine the outstanding shares into
a smaller number, the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to such
action shall be proportionately increased in the case of a split or
decreased in the case of a combination, effective at the opening of business
on the full business day next following the day such action becomes
effective.
(3) If the Corporation shall issue to the holders of its Common Stock
rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of its Common Stock
at a price of less than 90% of the Current Market Price (as defined below in
this paragraph) of the Corporation's Common Stock at the record date fixed
for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to such rights
or warrants, the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to said record
date shall be increased, effective at the opening of business on the next
following full business day, to an amount determined by multiplying such
conversion rate by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares
of Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to said
record date plus the number of additional shares of its Common Stock offered
for subscription or purchase and the denominator of which is said number of
shares outstanding immediately prior to said record date plus the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation which the aggregate subscription
or purchase price of the total number of shares so offered would purchase at
the Current Market Price of the Corporation's Common Stock at said record
date. The term "Current Market Price" at said record date shall mean the
average of the daily last reported sale prices per share of the
Corporation's Common Stock on the principal stock exchange on which the
Common Stock is then listed during the 20 consecutive full business days
commencing with the 30th full business day before said record date, provided
that if there was no reported sale on any such day or days there shall be
substituted the average of the closing bid and asked quotations on that
exchange on that day, and provided further that if the Common Stock was not
listed on any stock exchange on any such day or days there shall be
substituted the average of the lowest bid and the highest asked quotations
in the over-the-counter market on that day.
(g) No adjustment of the conversion rate provided in section 12(a) shall be
made by reason of the issuance of Common Stock for cash except as
provided in section 12(f) (3), or by reason of the issuance of Common
Stock for property or services. Whenever the conversion rate is adjusted
pursuant to section 12(f) the Corporation shall (1) promptly place on
file at its principal office and at the office of each of its transfer
agents for the Series A Preferred Stock a statement signed by the
Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President of the
Corporation and by its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer showing in
detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the conversion rate after
such adjustment, and shall make such statement available for inspection
by shareholders of the Corporation, and (2) cause a notice
6
<PAGE> 7
to be published at lease once in a newspaper printed in the English
language and of general circulation in the City of Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, or in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, New
York, stating that such adjustment has been made and the adjusted
conversion rate.
(h) If the Corporation shall issue to the holders of its Common Stock rights
or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of its Common Stock or
any other security, or if the Corporation shall distribute to the
holders of its Common Stock any evidences of indebtedness or any other
assets (excluding dividends and distributions in cash), the Corporation
shall mail to each holder of record of a share or shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, at his address as it shall appear on the books of the
Corporation, a notice stating the record date fixed or to be fixed for
the determination of the holders of Common Stock of record entitled to
such issuance or distribution. Such notice shall be mailed at least 10
days before such record date. Failure to mail such notice or any defect
therein or failure of any addressee to receive it shall not affect the
validity of such issuance or distribution or any vote thereon.
(i) In case of any reclassification or change in the outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation (except a split or combination of
shares) or in case of any consolidation or merger to which the
Corporation is a party (except a merger in which the Corporation is the
surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification
of or change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation except a
split or combination of shares) or in case of any sale or conveyance to
another corporation of all or substantially all of the property of the
Corporation, effective provision shall be made by the Corporation or by
the successor or purchasing corporation (1) that the holder of each
share of Series A Preferred stock then outstanding shall thereafter have
the right to convert such share into the kind and amount of stock and
other securities and property receivable upon such reclassification,
change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the
number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which such
share of Series A Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately
prior thereto and (2) that there shall be subsequent adjustments of the
conversion rate which shall be equivalent, as nearly as practicable, to
the adjustments provided for in section 12(f). The provisions of this
section 12(i) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications,
changes, consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.
(j) Shares of Common Stock issued on conversion of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be issued as fully paid shares and shall be
nonassessable by the Corporation. The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available for the purpose of effecting the conversion
of Series A Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares
of Common Stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
(k) Shares of Series A Preferred Stock converted as provided herein shall
not be reissued.
$1.80 CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B
13. Designation. A series of Preferred Stock designated $1.80 Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B (Nonredeemable) (herein called "Series B
Preferred Stock") is hereby established consisting of 38,542 shares subject to
increase or decrease in the number of shares in accordance with law.
14. Dividends. The dividend rate of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall
be $1.80 per share per year, payable quarterly on the tenth day of each March,
June, September and December. Dividends shall be cumulative from the March 10,
June 10, September 10 or December 10 next preceding the date of issue of each
share, unless the date if issue is a quarterly dividend payment date or a date
between the record date for the determination of holders of $1.80 Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock, 1971 Series, of Provident National Corporation, a
predecessor of the Corporation (such stock having been converted in the Series B
Preferred Stock), entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and the date of
payment of such quarterly dividend, in either of which events such dividends
shall be cumulative from such quarterly dividend payment date.
7
<PAGE> 8
15. Liquidation. The amount payable upon shares of Series B Preferred Stock
in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Corporation, prior
to any payment to the holders of Common Stock or of any class or series of stock
of the Corporation ranking as to assets subordinate to the Series B Preferred
Stock, shall be $40.00 per share plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends thereon computed to the date on which payment thereof is made
available, whether or not earned or declared.
16. Rank. The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank, as to dividends and
assets, equally with the series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated
as $1.80 Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A (Redeemable).
17. Redemption. Shares of Series B Preferred stock shall not be redeemable.
18. Voting rights. Each holder of record of Series B Preferred Stock shall
have the right to a number of votes equal to the number of full shares of Common
Stock into which the share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock standing in his
name on the books of the Corporation are at the time convertible.
19. Conversion provisions.
(a) Shares of Series B Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder, be
converted into Common Stock of the Corporation (as such stock may be
constituted on the conversion date) at the rate of two shares of Common
Stock for each share of Series B Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment
as provided herein.
(b) The holder of a share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock may exercise
the conversion right as to any thereof by delivering to the Corporation
during regular business hours, at its principal office or at the office
of any of its transfer agents for the Series B Preferred Stock or at
such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, the
certificate or certificates for the shares to be converted, duly
endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Corporation (if required by it),
accompanied by written notice stating that the holder elects to convert
such shares and stating the name or names (with address) in which the
certificate or certificates for Common Stock are to be issued.
Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the date when such
delivery is made, and such date is referred to herein as the "conversion
date". As promptly as practicable thereafter the Corporation shall issue
and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder, at such office
or other place designated by the Corporation, a certificate or
certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which he
is entitled and a check, cash, scrip certificate or other adjustment in
respect of any fraction of a share as provided in section 19(d) below.
The person in whose name the certificate or certificates for Common
Stock are to be issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of such
Common Stock of record on the conversion date unless the transfer books
of the Corporation are closed on that date, in which event he shall be
deemed to have become a holder of such Common Stock of record on the
next succeeding date on which the transfer books are open, but the
conversion rate shall be that in effect on the conversion date.
(c) No payment or adjustment shall be made for dividends accrued on any
shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted or for dividends on any
shares of Common stock issuable on conversion.
(d) The Corporation shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share
upon conversion of any share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock. If
more than one share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be surrendered for
conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the
basis of the total number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock so
surrendered. If any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock would
be deliverable upon conversion, the Corporation shall make an adjustment
therefor in cash unless its Board of Directors shall have determined to
adjust fractional interests by issuance of scrip certificates or in some
other manner. Adjustment in cash shall be made on the basis of the
current market value of one share of Common Stock, which shall be taken
to be the last reported sale price of the Corporation's Common Stock on
the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed on
the last business day before the conversion date or, if there was no
reported sale on that day, the average of the closing bid and asked
quotations on that exchange on that day or, if the Common Stock is not
then listed on any stock exchange, the average of the lowest bid and the
highest asked quotations in the over-the-counter market on that day.
8
<PAGE> 9
(e) The issuance of Common Stock on conversion of Series B Preferred Stock
shall be without charge to the converting holder of Series B Preferred
Stock for any tax in respect of the issuance thereof, but the
Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in
respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares
in any name other than that of the holder or record on the books of the
Corporation of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted, and the
Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate
for shares of Common Stock unless and until the person requesting the
issuance thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such
tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation
that such tax has been paid.
(f) The conversion rate provided the section 19(a) above shall be subject to
the following adjustments, which shall be made to the nearest
one-hundredth of a share of Common Stock or, if none, to the next lower
one-hundredth:
(1) If the Corporation shall pay to the holders of its Common Stock a
dividend in the shares of Common Stock, the conversion rate in effect
immediately prior to the record date fixed for the determination of the
holders of Common Stock entitled to such dividend shall be proportionately
increased, effective at the opening of business on the next following full
business day.
(2) If the Corporation shall split the outstanding shares of its Common
stock into a greater number of shares of combine the outstanding shares into
a smaller number, the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to such
action shall be proportionately increased in the case of a split or
decreased in the case of a combination, effective at the opening of business
on the full business day next following the day such action becomes
effective.
(3) If the Corporation shall issue to the holders of its Common Stock
rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of its Common Stock
at a price of less than 90% of the Current Market Price (as defined below in
this paragraph) of the Corporation's Common Stock at the record date fixed
for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to such rights
or warrants, the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to said record
date shall be increased, effective at the opening of business on the next
following full business day, to an amount determined by multiplying such
conversion rate by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares
of Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to said
record date plus the number of additional shares of its Common Stock offered
for subscription or purchase and the denominator of which is said number of
shares outstanding immediately prior to said record date plus the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation which the aggregate subscription
or purchase price of the total number of shares so offered would purchase at
the Current Market Price of the Corporation's Common Stock at said record
date. The term "Current Market Price" at said record date shall mean the
average of the daily last reported sale prices per share of the
Corporation's Common Stock on the principal stock exchange on which the
Common Stock is then listed during the 20 consecutive full business days
commencing with the 30th full business day before said record date, provided
that if there was no reported sale on any such day or days there shall be
substituted the average of the closing bid and asked quotations on that
exchange on that day, and provided further that if the Common Stock was not
listed on any stock exchange on any such day or days there shall be
substituted the average of the lowest bid and the highest asked quotations
in the over-the-counter market on that day.
(g) No adjustment of the conversion rate provided in section 19(a) above
shall be made by reason of the issuance of Common Stock for cash except
as provided in section 19(f)(3) above, or by reason of the issuance of
Common Stock for property or services. Whenever the conversion rate is
adjusted pursuant to section 19(f) above the Corporation shall (1)
promptly place on file at its principal office and at the office of each
of its transfer agents for the Series B Preferred Stock a statement
signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President
of the Corporation and by its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer
showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the conversion
rate after such adjustment, and shall make such statement available for
inspection by shareholders of the Corporation,
9
<PAGE> 10
and (2) cause a notice to be published at least once in a newspaper
printed in the English language and of general circulation in the City
of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, or in the Borough of Manhattan, the City
of New York, New York, stating that such adjustment has been made and
the adjusted conversion rate.
(h) If the Corporation shall issue to the holders of its Common Stock rights
or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of its Common Stock or
any other security, or if the Corporation shall distribute to the
holders of its Common Stock any evidences of indebtedness of any other
assets (excluding dividends and distributions in cash), the Corporation
shall mail to each holder of record of a share or shares of Series B
Preferred Stock, at his address as it shall appear on the books of the
Corporation, a notice stating the record date fixed or to be fixed for
the determination of the holders of Common Stock of record entitled to
such issuance or distribution. Such notice shall be mailed at least 10
days before such record date. Failure to mail such notice or any defect
therein or failure of any addressee to receive it shall not affect the
validity of such issuance or distribution of any vote thereon.
(i) In case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation (except a split or combination of
shares) or in case of any consolidation or merger to which the
Corporation is a party (except a merger in which the Corporation is the
surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification
of or change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation except a
split or combination of shares) or in case of any sale or conveyance to
another corporation of all or substantially all of the property of the
Corporation, effective provision shall be made by the Corporation or by
the successor or purchasing corporation (1) that the holder of each
share of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall thereafter have
the right to convert such share into the kind and amount of stock and
other securities and property receivable upon such reclassification,
change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the
number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which such
share of Series B Preferred Stock might have been converted immediately
prior thereto, and (2) that there shall be subsequent adjustments of the
conversion rate which shall be equivalent, as nearly as practicable, to
the adjustments provided for in section 19(f) above. The provisions of
this section 19(i) shall similarly apply to successive
reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, sales or
conveyances.
(j) Shares of Common Stock issued on conversion of shares of Series B
Preferred Stock shall be issued as fully paid shares and shall be
nonassessable by the Corporation. The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available for the purpose of effecting the conversion
of Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares
of Common Stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
(k) Shares of Series B Preferred Stock converted as provided herein shall
not be reissued.
20. Retirement or sinking fund. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall
not be entitled to the benefit of any retirement or sinking fund to be applied
to the purchase or redemption of such shares.
COMMON STOCK
21. Each holder of record of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote
for each share of Common Stock standing in his name on the books of the
Corporation.
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CLASSES OF CAPITAL STOCK
22. No holder of any class of capital stock of the Corporation shall be
entitled to cumulate his votes for the election of directors.
23. No holder of any class of capital stock of the Corporation shall have
preemptive rights, and the Corporation shall have the right to issue and to sell
to any person or persons any shares of its capital stock or any option rights or
10
<PAGE> 11
any securities having conversion or option rights, without first offering such
shares, rights or securities to any holders of any class of capital stock of the
Corporation.
[The following text contains resolutions of the Corporation's Board of
Directors relating to additional authorized and outstanding series of Preferred
Stock.]
RESOLVED, that a third series of Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 of the
Corporation is hereby established and that the shares of said series shall have,
in addition to the preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations,
restrictions and special or relative rights in respect of Preferred Stock
granted or created by law and by the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation,
the following preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, restrictions
and special or relative rights which are hereby fixed and determined:
1. Designation. A series of Preferred Stock designated "$1.60 Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C" (herein called "Series C Preferred
Stock") is hereby established, consisting of 1,433,935 shares subject to
increase or decrease in the number of shares in accordance with the law.
2. Rank. Series C Preferred Stock shall rank, as to dividends and assets,
equally with the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock and
every other share of capital stock from time to time outstanding which is not
Common Stock of the Corporation and which is not specifically made senior or
subordinate to the Series C Preferred Stock as to dividends or assets.
3. Dividends. The dividend rate of shares of this series shall be $1.60 per
share per year, payable in equal quarterly installments on the first day of each
January, April, July and October. Dividends shall be cumulative from the January
1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 next preceding the date of issue of each share,
unless the date of issue is a quarterly dividend payment date or a date between
the record date for the determination of holders of record of Series C Preferred
Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and the date of payment of such
quarterly dividend, in either of which events such dividends shall be cumulative
from such dividend payment date.
4. Liquidation. The amount payable upon shares of Series C Preferred Stock
in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Corporation, prior
to any payment to the holders of Common Stock or of any class or series of stock
of the Corporation ranking as to assets subordinate to the Series C Preferred
Stock, shall be $20.00 per share plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends thereon computed to the date on which payment thereof is made
available, whether or not earned or declared.
5. Redemption. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at any
time after [insert the first day of the month following the fifth anniversary of
the Effective Date of the Merger] at $20.00 per share plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends thereon computed to the date fixed for redemption,
whether or not earned or declared.
6. Voting rights. Each holder of record of Series C Preferred Stock shall
have the right to a number of votes equal to the number of full shares of Common
Stock into which the share or shares of Series C Preferred Stock standing in his
name on the books of the Corporation are at the time convertible.
7. Conversion provisions.
(a) Shares of Series C Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder, be
converted into Common Stock of the Corporation (as such stock may be
constituted on the conversion date) at the conversion price, determined
as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion, subject to
adjustment as provided herein; provided that, as to any shares of Series
C Preferred Stock which shall have been called for redemption, the
conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date
fixed for redemption. The value of each share on Series C Preferred
Stock for the purpose of such conversion shall be $20.00. The price at
which shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be delivered upon
conversion (herein called the "conversion price") shall initially be
$48.00 per share of Common Stock of the Corporation.
11
<PAGE> 12
(b) The holder of a share or shares of Series C Preferred Stock may exercise
the conversion right as to any thereof by delivering to the Corporation,
during regular business hours, at its principal office or at the office
of any of its transfer agents for the Series C Preferred Stock or at
such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, the
certificate or certificates for the shares to be converted, duly
endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Corporation (if required by it),
accompanied by written notice stating that the holder elects to convert
such shares and stating the name or names (with address) in which the
certificate or certificates for Common Stock are to be issued.
Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the date when such
delivery is made, and such date is referred to herein as the "conversion
date". As promptly as is practicable thereafter the Corporation shall
issue and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder, at such
office or other place designated by the Corporation, a certificate or
certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which he
is entitled and cash, scrip certificate or other adjustment in respect
of any fraction of a share as provided in section 7(d) below. The person
in whose name the certificate or certificates for Common Stock are to be
issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of such Common Stock of
record on the conversion date unless the transfer books of the
Corporation are closed on that date, in which event he shall be deemed
to have become a holder of such Common Stock of record on the next
succeeding date on which the transfer books are open, but the conversion
price shall be that in effect on the conversion date.
(c) No payment or adjustment shall be made for dividends accrued on any
shares of Series C Preferred Stock converted or for dividends on any
shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion.
(d) The Corporation shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share
upon conversion of any share or shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If
more than one share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be surrendered for
conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the
basis of the total number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock so
surrendered. If any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock would
be deliverable upon conversion, the Corporation shall make an adjustment
therefor in cash unless its Board of Directors shall have determined to
adjust fractional interests by issuance of scrip certificates or in some
other manner. Adjustment in cash shall be made on the basis of the
current market value of one share of Common Stock, which shall be taken
to be the last reported sale price of the Corporation's Common Stock on
the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed
(or if not so listed, on the over-the-counter market) for the last
business day before the conversion date or, if there was no reported
sale on that day, the last reported sales price on the first preceding
day for which such price is available.
(e) The issuance of Common Stock on conversion of Series C Preferred Stock
shall be without charge to the converting holder of Series C Preferred
Stock for any tax in respect of the issuance thereof, but the
Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in
respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares
in any name other than that of the holder of record on the books of the
Corporation of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock converted, and the
Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate
for shares of Common Stock unless and until the person requesting the
issuance thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such
tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation
that such tax has been paid.
(f) The conversion price provided in section 7(a) shall be subject to the
following adjustments, which shall be made to the nearest cent:
(1) If the Corporation shall pay to the holders of its Common Stock a
dividend in the shares of Common Stock, the conversion rate in effect
immediately prior to the record date fixed for the determination of the
holders of Common Stock entitled to such dividend shall be proportionately
decreased, effective at the opening of business on the next following full
business day.
(2) If the Corporation shall split the outstanding shares of its Common
stock into a greater number of shares or combine the outstanding shares into
a smaller number, the conversion price in effect immediately prior to such
action shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or
increased in the case of
12
<PAGE> 13
a combination, effective at the opening of business on the full business day
next following the day such action becomes effective.
(3) If the Corporation shall issue to the holders of its Common Stock
rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of its Common Stock
at a price of less than 90% of the Current Market Price (as defined below in
this paragraph) of the Corporation's Common Stock at the record date fixed
for the determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to such rights
or warrants, the conversion price in effect immediately prior to said record
date shall be adjusted, effective at the opening of business on the next
following full business day, to an amount determined by multiplying such
conversion rate by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares
of Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to said
record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation
which the aggregate subscription or purchase price of the total number of
shares so offered would purchase at the Current Market Price of the
Corporation's Common Stock at said record date and the denominator of which
is said number of shares outstanding immediately prior to said record date
plus the number of additional shares of its Common Stock offered for
subscription or purchase. The term "Current Market Price" at said record
date shall mean the average of the daily last reported sale prices per share
of the Corporation's Common Stock on the principal stock exchange on which
the Common Stock is then listed (or if not so listed, then on the
over-the-counter market) during 20 consecutive full business days commencing
with the 30th full business day before said record date, provided that if
there was no reported sale on any such day or days there shall be
substituted the average of the closing bid and asked quotations on that day
obtained from the market specialist assigned to the Corporation (or a market
maker in the case of the over-the-counter market).
(4) The Corporation may make such reductions in the conversion price,
in addition to those required by the foregoing provisions, as it considers
to be advisable in order that any event treated for federal income tax
purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights shall not be taxable to the
recipients.
(g) No adjustment of the conversion rate provided in section 7(a) shall be
made by reason of the issuance of Common Stock for cash except as
provided in section 7(f)(3), or by reason of the issuance of Common
Stock for property or services. Whenever the conversion rate is adjusted
pursuant to section 7(f) the Corporation shall (1) promptly place on
file at its principal office and at the office of each of its transfer
agents for the Series C Preferred Stock a statement signed by the
Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President of the
Corporation and by its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer showing in
detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the conversion price
after such adjustment, and shall make such statement available for
inspection by shareholders on the Corporation, and (2) cause a notice to
be published at least once in a newspaper printed in the English
language and of general circulation in the City of Erie, Pennsylvania,
and in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, New York, stating
that such adjustment has been made and the adjusted conversion price.
(h) If the Corporation shall issue to the holders of its Common Stock rights
or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of its Common Stock or
any other security, or if the Corporation shall distribute to the
holders of its Common Stock any evidences of indebtedness of any other
assets (excluding dividends and distributions in cash), the Corporation
shall mail to each holder of record of a share or shares of Series C
Preferred Stock, at his address as it shall appear on the books of the
Corporation, a notice stating the record date fixed or to be fixed for
the determination of the holders of Common Stock of record entitled to
such issuance or distribution. Such notice shall be mailed at least 10
days before such record date. Failure to mail such notice or any defect
therein or failure of any addressee to receive it shall not affect the
validity of such issuance or distribution of any vote thereon.
(i) In case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation (except a split or combination of
shares) or in case of any consolidation or merger to which the
Corporation is a party (except a merger in which the Corporation is the
surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification
of or change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation except
an increase in the number of outstanding shares or a split or
combination of shares) or in case of
13
<PAGE> 14
any sale or conveyance to another corporation of all or substantially
all of the property of the Corporation, effective provision shall be
made by the Corporation or by the successor or purchasing corporation
(1) that the holder of each share of Series C Preferred Stock then
outstanding shall thereafter have the right to convert such share into
the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property
receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger,
sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock
of the Corporation into which such share of Series C Preferred Stock
might have been converted immediately prior thereto, and (2) that there
shall be subsequent adjustments of the conversion price which shall be
equivalent, as nearly as practicable, to the adjustments provided for in
section 7(f). The provisions of this section 7(i) shall similarly apply
to successive reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, sales
or conveyances.
(j) Shares of Common Stock issued on conversion of shares of Series C
Preferred Stock shall be issued as fully paid shares and shall be
nonassessable by the Corporation. The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available for the purpose of effecting the conversion
of Series C Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares
of Common Stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock.
(k) Shares of Series C Preferred Stock converted as provided herein shall
not be reissued.
14
<PAGE> 15
RESOLVED, that a fourth series of Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 of the
Corporation is hereby established and that the shares of said series shall have,
in addition to the preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations,
restrictions and special or relative rights in respect of Preferred Stock
granted or created by law and by the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation,
the following preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, restrictions
and special or relative rights which are hereby fixed and determined.
1. Designation. A series of Preferred Stock designated "$1.80 Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D" (herein called "Series D Preferred
Stock") is hereby established, consisting of 1,766,140 shares subject to
increase or decrease in the number of shares in accordance with the law.
2. Rank. Series D Preferred Stock shall rank, as to dividends and assets,
equally with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the
Series C Preferred Stock and every other share of capital stock from time to
time outstanding which is not Common Stock of the Corporation and which is not
specifically made senior or subordinate to the Series D Preferred Stock as to
dividends or assets.
3. Dividends. The dividend rate of shares of this series shall be $1.80 per
share per year, payable in equal quarterly installments on the first day of each
January, April, July and October. Dividends shall be cumulative from the January
1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 next preceding the date of issue of each share,
unless the date of issue is a quarterly dividend payment date or a date between
the record date for the determination of holders of record of the Series D
Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and the date of payment
of such quarterly dividend, in either of which events such dividends shall be
cumulative from such dividend payment date.
4. Liquidation. The amount payable upon shares of Series D Preferred Stock
in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Corporation, prior
to any payment to the holders of Common Stock or of any class or series of stock
of the Corporation ranking as to assets subordinate to the Series D Preferred
Stock, shall be $20.00 per share plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends thereon computed to the date on which payment thereof is made
available, whether or not earned or declared.
5. Redemption. Shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at any
time after [insert the first day of the month following the fifth anniversary of
the Effective Date of the Merger] at $20.00 per share plus an amount equal to
the accrued and unpaid dividends thereon computed to the date fixed for
redemption, whether or not earned or declared.
6. Voting rights. Each holder of record of Series D Preferred Stock shall
have the right to a number of votes equal to the number of full shares of Common
Stock into which the share or shares of Series D Preferred Stock standing in his
name on the books of the Corporation are at the time convertible.
7. Conversion provisions.
(a) Shares of Series D Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder, be
converted into Common Stock of the Corporation (as such stock may be
constituted on the conversion date) at the conversion price, determined
as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion, subject to
adjustment as provided herein; provided that, as to any shares of Series
D Preferred Stock which shall have been called for redemption, the
conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date
fixed for redemption. The value of each share on Series D Preferred
Stock for the purpose of such conversion shall be $20.00. The price at
which shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be delivered upon
conversion (herein called the "conversion price") shall initially be
$48.00 per share of Common Stock of the Corporation.
(b) The holder of a share or shares of Series D Preferred Stock may exercise
the conversion right as to any thereof by delivering to the Corporation,
during regular business hours, at its principal office or at the office
of any of its transfer agents for the Series D Preferred Stock or at
such other place as may be designated by the Corporation, the
certificate or certificates for the shares to be converted, duly
endorsed or assigned in blank or to the Corporation (if required by it),
accompanied by written notice stating that the holder elects to convert
such shares and stating the name or names (with address) in which the
15
<PAGE> 16
certificate or certificates for Common Stock are to be issued.
Conversion shall be deemed to have been effected on the date when such
delivery is made, and such date is referred to herein as the "conversion
date". As promptly as practicable thereafter the Corporation shall issue
and deliver to or upon the written order of such holder, at such office
or other place designated by the Corporation, a certificate or
certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which he
is entitled and cash, scrip certificate or other adjustment in respect
of any fraction of a share as provided in section 7(d) below. The person
in whose name the certificate or certificates for Common Stock are to be
issued shall be deemed to have become a holder of such Common Stock of
record on the conversion date unless the transfer books of the
Corporation are closed on that date, in which event he shall be deemed
to have become a holder of such Common Stock of record on the next
succeeding date on which the transfer books are open, but the conversion
price shall be that in effect on the conversion date.
(c) No payment or adjustment shall be made for dividends accrued on any
shares of Series D Preferred Stock converted or for dividends on any
shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion.
(d) The Corporation shall not be required to issue any fraction of a share
upon conversion of any share or shares of Series D Preferred Stock. If
more than one share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be surrendered for
conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares of
Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the
basis of the total number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock so
surrendered. If any fractional interest in a share of Common Stock would
be deliverable upon conversion, the Corporation shall make an adjustment
therefor in cash unless its Board of Directors shall have determined to
adjust fractional interests by issuance of scrip certificates or in some
other manner. Adjustment in cash shall be made on the basis of the
current market value of one share of Common Stock, which shall be taken
to be the last reported sale price of the Corporation's Common Stock on
the principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed
(or if not so listed, on the over-the-counter market) for the last
business day before the conversion date or, if there was no reported
sale on that day, the last reported sales price on the first preceding
day for which such price is available.
(e) The issuance of Common Stock on conversion of Series D Preferred Stock
shall be without charge to the converting holder of Series D Preferred
Stock for any tax in respect of the issuance thereof, but the
Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in
respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares
in any name other than that of the holder of record on the books of the
Corporation of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock converted, and the
Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate
for shares of Common Stock unless and until the person requesting the
issuance thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such
tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation
that such tax has been paid.
(f) The conversion price provided the section 7(a) shall be subject to the
following adjustments, which shall be made to the cent:
(1) If the Corporation shall pay to the holders of its Common Stock a
dividend in shares of Common Stock, the conversion price in effect
immediately prior to the record date fixed for the determination of the
holders of Common Stock entitled to such dividend shall be proportionately
decreased, effective at the opening of business on the next following full
business day.
(2) If the Corporation shall split the outstanding shares of its Common
stock into a greater number of shares or combine the outstanding shares into
a smaller number, the conversion price in effect immediately prior to such
action shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a split or
increased in the case of a combination, effective at the opening of business
on the full business day next following the day such action becomes
effective.
(3) If the Corporation shall issue to the holders of its Common Stock
rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of its Common Stock
at a price of less than 90% of the Current Market Price (as defined below in
this paragraph) of the Corporation's Common Stock at the record date fixed
for the
16
<PAGE> 17
determination of the holders of Common Stock entitled to such rights or
warrants, the conversion price in effect immediately prior to said record
date shall be adjusted, effective at the opening of business on the next
following full business day, to an amount determined by multiplying such
conversion price by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to
said record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock of the
Corporation which the aggregate subscription or purchase price of the total
number of shares so offered would purchase at the Current Market Price of
the Corporation's Common Stock at said record date and the denominator of
which is said number of shares outstanding immediately prior to said record
date plus the number of additional shares of its Common Stock offered for
subscription or purchase. The term "Current Market Price" at said record
date shall mean the average of the daily last reported sale prices per share
of the Corporation's Common Stock on the principal stock exchange on which
the Common Stock is then listed (or if not so listed, then on the
over-the-counter market) during 20 consecutive full business days commencing
with the 30th full business day before said record date, provided that if
there was no reported sale on any such day or days there shall be
substituted the average of the closing bid and asked quotations on that day
obtained from the market specialist assigned to the Corporation (or a market
maker in the case of the over-the-counter market).
(4) The Corporation may make such reductions in the conversion price,
in addition to those required by the foregoing provisions, as it considers
to be advisable in order that any event treated for federal income tax
purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights shall not be taxable to the
recipients.
(g) No adjustment of the conversion price provided in section 7(a) shall be
made by reason of the issuance of Common Stock for cash except as
provided in section 7(f)(3), or by reason of the issuance of Common
Stock for property or services. Whenever the conversion price is
adjusted pursuant to section 7(f) the Corporation shall (1) promptly
place on file at its principal office and at the office of each of its
transfer agents for the Series D Preferred Stock a statement signed by
the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President of the
Corporation and by its Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer showing in
detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the conversion price
after such adjustment, and shall make such statement available for
inspection by shareholders of the Corporation, and (2) cause a notice to
be published at least once in a newspaper printed in the English
language and of general circulation in the City of Scranton,
Pennsylvania, and in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, New
York, stating that such adjustment has been made and the adjusted
conversion price.
(h) If the Corporation shall issue to the holders of its Common Stock rights
or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of its Common Stock or
any other security, or if the Corporation shall distribute to the
holders of its Common Stock any evidences of indebtedness of any other
assets (excluding dividends and distributions in cash), the Corporation
shall mail to each holder of record of a share or shares of Series D
Preferred Stock, at his address as it shall appear on the books of the
Corporation, a notice stating the record date fixed or to be fixed for
the determination of the holders of Common Stock of record entitled to
such issuance or distribution. Such notice shall be mailed at least 10
days before such record date. Failure to mail such notice or any defect
therein or failure of any addressee to receive it shall not affect the
validity of such issuance or distribution of any vote thereon.
(i) In case of any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock of the Corporation (except a split or combination of
shares) or in case of any consolidation or merger to which the
Corporation is a party (except a merger in which the Corporation is the
surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification
of or change in the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation except
an increase in the number of outstanding shares or a split or
combination of shares) or in case of any sale or conveyance to another
corporation of all or substantially all of the property of the
Corporation, effective provision shall be made by the Corporation or by
the successor or purchasing corporation (1) that the holder of each
share of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall thereafter have
the right to convert such share into the kind and amount of stock and
other securities and property receivable upon such reclassification,
change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the
number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which such
share of Series D Preferred
17
<PAGE> 18
Stock might have been converted immediately prior thereto, and (2) that
there shall be subsequent adjustments of the conversion price which
shall be equivalent, as nearly as practicable, to the adjustments
provided for in section 7(f). The provisions of this section 7(i) shall
similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes,
consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.
(j) Shares of Common Stock issued on conversion of shares of Series D
Preferred Stock shall be issued as fully paid shares and shall be
nonassessable by the Corporation. The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available for the purpose of effecting the conversion
of Series D Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares
of Common Stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
(k) Shares of Series D Preferred Stock converted as provided herein shall
not be reissued.
[References to a former series of Preferred Stock, designated as $2.60
Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Stock, Series E have been deleted, since all
such shares have been redeemed and restored to the status of authorized but
unissued Preferred Stock.]
RESOLVED, that another series of Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of
PNC Bank Corp. (the "Corporation") is hereby established and that the shares of
said series shall have, in addition to the preferences, qualifications,
privileges, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights in respect
of Preferred Stock granted or created by law and by the Corporation's Articles
of Incorporation, the following preferences, qualifications, privileges,
limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights which are hereby fixed
and determined:
1. Designation. A series of Preferred Stock designated "Fixed/Adjustable Rate
Noncumulative Preferred Stock, Series F" (herein called "Series F Preferred
Stock") is hereby established, consisting of 6,000,000 shares subject to
increase or decrease in the number of shares in accordance with law.
2. Rank. Series F Preferred Stock shall rank, as to dividends and assets,
equally with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the
Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and every other share of
capital stock from time to time outstanding which is not Common Stock of the
Corporation and which is not specifically made senior to or subordinate to the
Series F Preferred Stock as to dividends or assets.
3. Dividends. (a) Through September 29, 2001, the dividend rate per share of
Series F Preferred Stock shall be 6.05% or $3.025 per annum, payable quarterly
on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year (each a
"Dividend Payment Date"), commencing December 31, 1996. The initial dividend for
the dividend period commencing on October 9, 1996 to (but not including)
December 31, 1996, shall be $.6806 per share and shall be payable on December
31, 1996. On and after September 30, 2001, dividends on the Series F Preferred
Stock shall be payable quarterly on each Dividend Payment Date at the Applicable
Rate (as defined in subsection (c) of this Section 3) per share from time to
time in effect. If a Dividend Payment Date is not a business day, dividends (if
declared) on the Series F Preferred Stock shall be paid on the immediately
preceding business day. A dividend period with respect to a Dividend Payment
Date is the period commencing on the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date
and ending on the day immediately prior to the next succeeding Dividend Payment
Date. Each such dividend shall be payable to holders of record as they appear on
the stock books of the Corporation on such record dates, not more than 30 nor
less than 15 days preceding the payment dates thereof, as will be fixed by the
Corporation's Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.
(b) Dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative and no
rights shall accrue to the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock by reason of
the fact that the Corporation may fail to declare or pay dividends on the Series
F Preferred Stock in any amount in any year, whether or not the earnings of the
Corporation in any year were sufficient to pay such dividends in whole or in
part. (c) Except as provided below in this subsection (c) of this Section 3, the
"Applicable Rate" per annum for any dividend period beginning on or after
September 30, 2001 shall be equal to .35% plus
18
<PAGE> 19
the Effective Rate (as hereinafter defined), but not less than 6.55% nor greater
than 12.55% (without taking into account any adjustments as described in
subsection (d) of this Section 3). The "Effective Rate" for any dividend period
beginning on or after September 30, 2001 shall be equal to the highest of the
Treasury Bill Rate, the Ten Year Constant Maturity Rate and the Thirty Year
Constant Maturity Rate (each as hereinafter defined) for such dividend period.
In the event that the Corporation determines in good faith that for any reason:
(i) any one of the Treasury Bill Rate, the Ten Year Constant Maturity Rate or
the Thirty Year Constant Maturity Rate cannot be determined for any dividend
period, then the Effective Rate for such dividend period shall be equal to the
higher of whichever two of such rates can be so determined; (ii) only one of the
Treasury Bill Rate, the Ten Year Constant Maturity Rate or the Thirty Year
Constant Maturity Rate can be determined for any dividend period, then the
Effective Rate for such dividend period shall be equal to whichever such rate
can be so determined; or (iii) none of the Treasury Bill Rate, the Ten Year
Constant Maturity Rate or the Thirty Year Constant Maturity Rate can be
determined for any dividend period, then the Effective Rate for the preceding
dividend period shall be continued for such dividend period.
Except as described in this subsection (c) of this Section 3, the "Treasury Bill
Rate" for each dividend period shall be the arithmetic average of the two most
recent weekly per annum market discount rates (or the one weekly per annum
market discount rate, if only one such rate is published during the relevant
Calendar Period (as hereinafter defined)) for three-month U.S. Treasury bills,
as published weekly by the Federal Reserve Board (as hereinafter defined) during
the Calendar Period immediately preceding the last 10 calendar days preceding
the dividend period for which the dividend rate on the Series F Preferred Stock
is being determined. In the event that the Federal Reserve Board does not
publish such a weekly per annum market discount rate during any such Calendar
Period, then the Treasury Bill Rate for such dividend period shall be the
arithmetic average of the two most recent weekly per annum market discount rates
(or the one weekly per annum market discount rate, if only one such rate is
published during the relevant Calendar Period) for three-month U.S. Treasury
bills, as published weekly during such Calendar Period by any Federal Reserve
Bank or by any U.S. Government department or agency selected by the Corporation.
In the event that a per annum market discount rate for three-month U.S. Treasury
bills is not published by the Federal Reserve Board or by any Federal Reserve
Bank or by any U.S. Government department or agency during such Calendar Period,
then the Treasury Bill Rate for such dividend period shall be the arithmetic
average of the two most recent weekly per annum market discount rates (or the
one weekly per annum market discount rate, if only one such rate is published
during the relevant Calendar Period) for all of the U.S. Treasury bills then
having remaining maturities of not less than 80 nor more than 100 days, as
published during such Calendar Period by the Federal Reserve Board or, if the
Federal Reserve Board does not publish such rates, by any Federal Reserve Bank
or by any U.S. Government department or agency selected by the Corporation. In
the event that the Corporation determines in good faith that for any reason no
such U.S. Treasury bill rates are published as provided above during such
Calendar Period, then the Treasury Bill Rate for such dividend period shall be
the arithmetic average of the per annum market discount rates based upon the
closing bids during such Calendar Period for each of the issues of marketable
non-interest-bearing U.S. Treasury securities with a remaining maturity of not
less than 80 nor more than 100 days from the date of each such quotation, as
chosen and quoted daily for each business day in New York City (or less
frequently if daily quotations are not generally available) to the Corporation
by at least three recognized dealers in U.S. Government securities selected by
the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines in good faith that
for any reason the Corporation cannot determine the Treasury Bill Rate for any
dividend period as provided in this paragraph, the Treasury Bill Rate for such
dividend period shall be the arithmetic average of the per annum market discount
rates based upon the closing bids during such Calendar Period for each of the
issues of marketable interest-bearing U.S. Treasury securities with a remaining
maturity of not less than 80 or more than 100 days, as chosen and quoted daily
for each business day in New York City (or less frequently if daily quotations
are not generally available) to the Corporation by at least three recognized
dealers in U.S. Government securities selected by the Corporation.
Except as described in this subsection (c) of this Section 3, the "Ten Year
Constant Maturity Rate" for each dividend period shall be the arithmetic average
of the two most recent weekly per annum Ten Year Average Yields (as hereinafter
defined) (or the one weekly per annum Ten Year Average Yield, if only one such
yield is published during the relevant Calendar Period), as published weekly by
the Federal Reserve Board during the Calendar Period immediately preceding the
last 10 calendar days preceding the dividend period for which the dividend rate
on the Series F Preferred Stock is being determined. In the event that the
Federal Reserve Board does not publish such a weekly per annum Ten Year Average
Yield during such Calendar Period, then the Ten Year Constant Maturity Rate for
such dividend period shall be the arithmetic average of the two most recent
weekly per annum Ten Year Average Yields (or the one weekly per annum Ten Year
Average Yield, if only one such yield is published during the relevant Calendar
Period), as published weekly during such Calendar Period by any Federal Reserve
Bank or by any U.S. Government department or agency selected by the Corporation.
In the event that a per annum Ten Year Average Yield is not published by the
Federal Reserve Board or by any Federal
19
<PAGE> 20
Reserve Bank or by any U.S. Government department or agency during such Calendar
Period, then the Ten Year Constant Maturity Rate for such dividend period shall
be the arithmetic average of the two most recent weekly per annum average yields
to maturity (or the one weekly per annum average yield to maturity, if only one
such yield is published during the relevant Calendar Period) for all of the
actively traded marketable U.S. Treasury fixed interest rate securities (other
than Special Securities (as hereinafter defined)) then having remaining
maturities of not less than eight nor more than 12 years, as published during
such Calendar Period by the Federal Reserve Board or, if the Federal Reserve
Board does not publish such yields, by any Federal Reserve Bank or by any U.S.
Government department or agency selected by the Corporation. In the event that
the Corporation determines in good faith that for any reason the Corporation
cannot determine the Ten Year Constant Maturity Rate for any dividend period as
provided above in this paragraph, then the Ten Year Constant Maturity Rate for
such dividend period shall be the arithmetic average of the per annum average
yields to maturity based upon the closing bids during such Calendar Period for
each of the issues of actively traded marketable U.S. Treasury fixed interest
rate securities (other than Special Securities) with a final maturity date not
less than eight nor more than 12 years from the date of each such quotation, as
chosen and quoted daily for each business day in New York City (or less
frequently if daily quotations are not generally available) to the Corporation
by at least three recognized dealers in U.S. Government securities selected by
the Corporation.
Except as described in this subsection (c) of this Section 3, the "Thirty Year
Constant Maturity Rate" for each dividend period shall be the arithmetic average
of the two most recent weekly per annum Thirty Year Average Yields (as
hereinafter defined) (or the one weekly per annum Thirty Year Average Yield, if
only one such yield is published during the relevant Calendar Period), as
published weekly by the Federal Reserve Board during the Calendar Period
immediately preceding the last 10 calendar days preceding the dividend period
for which the dividend rate on the Series F Preferred Stock is being determined.
In the event that the Federal Reserve Board does not publish such a weekly per
annum Thirty Year Average Yield during such Calendar Period, then the Thirty
Year Constant Maturity Rate for such dividend period shall be the arithmetic
average of the two most recent weekly per annum Thirty Year Average Yields (or
the one weekly per annum Thirty Year Average Yield, if only one such yield is
published during the relevant Calendar Period), as published weekly during such
Calendar Period by any Federal Reserve Bank or by any U.S. Government department
or agency selected by the Corporation. In the event that a per annum Thirty Year
Average Yield is not published by the Federal Reserve Board or by any Federal
Reserve Bank or by any U.S. Government department or agency during such Calendar
Period, then the Thirty Year Constant Maturity Rate for such dividend period
shall be the arithmetic average of the two most recent weekly per annum average
yields to maturity (or the one weekly per annum average yield to maturity, if
only one such yield is published during the relevant Calendar Period) for all of
the actively traded marketable U.S. Treasury fixed interest rate securities
(other than Special Securities) then having remaining maturities of not less
than 28 nor more than 30 years, as published during such Calendar Period by the
Federal Reserve Board or, if the Federal Reserve Board does not publish such
yields, by any Federal Reserve Bank or by any U.S. Government department or
agency selected by the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines
in good faith that for any reason the Corporation cannot determine the Thirty
Year Constant Maturity Rate for any dividend period as provided above in this
paragraph, then the Thirty Year Constant Maturity Rate for such dividend period
shall be the arithmetic average of the per annum average yields to maturity
based upon the closing bids during such Calendar Period for each of the issues
of actively traded marketable U.S. Treasury fixed interest rate securities
(other than Special Securities) with a final maturity date not less than 28 nor
more than 30 years from the date of each such quotation, as chosen and quoted
daily for each business day in New York City (or less frequently if daily
quotations are not generally available) to the Corporation by at least three
recognized dealers in U.S. Government securities selected by the Corporation.
The Treasury Bill Rate, the Ten Year Constant Maturity Rate and the Thirty Year
Constant Maturity Rate shall each be rounded to the nearest five hundredths of a
percent, with .025% being rounded upward.
The Applicable Rate with respect to each dividend period beginning on or after
September 30, 2001 shall be calculated as promptly as practicable by the
Corporation according to the appropriate method described in this subsection (c)
of this Section 3. The Corporation shall cause notice of each Applicable Rate to
be enclosed with the dividend payment checks next mailed to the holders of
Series F Preferred Stock.
20
<PAGE> 21
For the purposes of this subsection (c) of this Section 3, the following terms
shall have the following meanings : (i) "Calendar Period" means a period of 14
calendar days; (ii) "Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System or any successor agency; (iii) "Special Securities" means
securities which can, at the option of the holder, be surrendered at face value
in payment of any Federal estate tax or which provide tax benefits to the holder
and are priced to reflect such tax benefits or which were originally issued at a
deep or substantial discount; (iv) the term "Ten Year Average Yield" means the
average yield to maturity for actively traded marketable U.S. Treasury fixed
interest rate securities (adjusted to constant maturities of 10 years); and (v)
"Thirty Year Average Yield" means the average yield to maturity for actively
traded marketable U.S. Treasury fixed interest rate securities (adjusted to
constant maturities of 30 years).
(d) If one or more amendments to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"), are enacted that change the percentage of the dividends received
deduction (70% as of October 4, 1996) as specified in Section 243(a)(1) of the
Code or any successor provision (the "Dividends Received Percentage"), as
applicable to the Series F Preferred Stock, the amount of each dividend payable
per share of the Series F Preferred Stock for dividend payments made on or after
the later of the date of enactment or the effective date of such change shall be
adjusted by multiplying the amount of the dividend payable determined as
described under subsection (a) of this Section 3 (before adjustment) by a
factor, which shall be the number determined in accordance with the following
formula (the "DRD Formula"), and rounding the result to the nearest cent:
1 - [.35 (1 - .70)]
- ----------------------
1 - [.35 (1 - DRP)]
For purposes of the DRD Formula, "DRP" means the Dividends Received Percentage
applicable to the dividend in question. No amendment to the Code, other than a
change in the percentage of the dividends received deduction set forth in
Section 243(a)(1) of the Code or any successor provision, as applicable to the
Series F Preferred Stock, shall give rise to an adjustment. Notwithstanding the
foregoing provisions of this subsection (d) of this Section 3, in the event
that, with respect to any such amendment, the Corporation shall receive an
unqualified opinion of nationally recognized independent tax counsel selected by
the Corporation and approved by Cravath, Swaine & Moore (which approval shall
not be unreasonably withheld) or a private letter ruling or similar form of
authorization from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that such an
amendment would not apply to dividends payable on the Series F Preferred Stock,
then any such amendment shall not result in the adjustment provided for pursuant
to the DRD Formula. The opinion referenced in the previous sentence shall be
based upon a specific provision in the legislation or upon a published
pronouncement of the Internal Revenue Service addressing such legislation. The
Corporation's calculation of the dividends payable as so adjusted and as
certified accurate as to calculation and reasonable as to method by the
independent certified public accountants then regularly engaged by the
Corporation, shall be final and not subject to review.
If any amendment to the Code which reduces the Dividends Received Percentage, as
applicable to the Series F Preferred Stock, is enacted and becomes effective
after a dividend payable on a Dividend Payment Date has been declared, the
amount of dividend payable on such Dividend Payment Date shall not be increased;
but instead, an amount, equal to the excess of (x) the product of the dividends
paid by the Corporation on such Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where
the DRP used in the DRD Formula would be equal to the reduced Dividends Received
Percentage) and (y) the dividends paid by the Corporation on such Dividend
Payment Date, shall be payable to holders of record on the next succeeding
Dividend Payment Date in addition to any other amounts payable on such date.
If prior to April 1, 1997, an amendment to the Code is enacted that reduces the
Dividends Received Percentage, as applicable to the Series F Preferred Stock,
and such reduction retroactively applies to a Dividend Payment Date as to which
the Corporation previously paid dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock (each
an "Affected Dividend Payment Date"), the Corporation shall pay (if declared)
additional dividends (the "Additional Dividends") on the next succeeding
Dividend Payment Date (or if such amendment is enacted after the dividend
payable on such Dividend Payment Date has been declared, on the second
succeeding Dividend Payment Date following the date of enactment) to holders of
record on such succeeding Dividend Payment Date in an amount equal to the excess
of (x) the product of the dividends paid by the Corporation on each Affected
Dividend Payment Date and the DRD Formula (where the DRP used in the DRD Formula
would be equal to the Dividends Received Percentage applicable to each Affected
Dividend Payment Date) over (y) the dividends paid by the Corporation on each
Affected Dividend Payment Date.
Additional Dividends shall not be paid in respect of the enactment of any
amendment to the Code on or after April 1, 1997 which retroactively reduces the
Dividends Received Percentage, or if prior to April 1, 1997, such amendment
would not result in an adjustment due to the Corporation having received either
an opinion of counsel or tax ruling referred to in the third preceding
paragraph. The Corporation shall only make one payment of Additional Dividends.
21
<PAGE> 22
In the event that the amount of dividend payable per share of the Series F
Preferred Stock shall be adjusted pursuant to the DRD Formula and/or Additional
Dividends are to be paid, the Corporation will cause notice of each such
adjustment and, if applicable, any Additional Dividends, to be sent to the
holders of the Series F Preferred Stock.
In the event that the Dividends Received Percentage, applicable to the Series F
Preferred Stock, is reduced to 40% or less, the Corporation may at its option,
redeem the Series F Preferred Stock as a whole, but not in part, as described in
Section 5 below.
4. Liquidation. The amount payable upon shares of Series F Preferred Stock in
the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the Corporation, prior to
any payment to the holders of Common Stock or of any class or series of stock of
the Corporation ranking as to assets subordinated to the Series F Preferred
Stock, shall be $50.00 per share plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid
dividends, whether or not earned or declared, computed thereon from the
immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date (but without cumulation for unpaid
dividends for prior dividend periods on the Series F Preferred Stock) to the
date on which payment thereof is made available.
5. Redemption. (a) Prior to September 30, 2001, shares of Series F Preferred
Stock shall not be redeemable, except under the circumstances described in
subsection (b) of this Section 5. Shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be
redeemable by the Corporation, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to
time on and after September 30, 2001 at $50.00 per share plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not earned or declared, computed
thereon from the immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date (but without
cumulation for unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods on the Series F
Preferred Stock) to the date fixed for redemption, including any changes in
dividends payable due to changes in the Dividends Received Percentage and
Additional Dividends, if any (each as defined in subsection (d) of Section 3).
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subsection (a) of this Section
5, if the Dividends Received Percentage is equal to or less than 40% and, as a
result, the amount of dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock on any Dividend
Payment Date will be or is adjusted upwards as described in subsection (d) of
Section 3 above, the Corporation, at its option, may redeem all, but not less
than all, of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock; provided,
however, that within 60 days of the date on which an amendment to the Code is
enacted which reduces the Dividends Received Percentage to 40 percent or less,
the Corporation sends notice to the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock of
such redemption. Any redemption of Series F Preferred Stock in accordance with
this Section 5(b) shall take place on the date specified in the notice, which
shall not be less than 30 days nor more than 60 days from the date such notice
is sent to holders of Series F Preferred Stock. Any redemption of Series F
Preferred Stock in accordance with this Section 5(b) shall be on notice as
aforesaid at the applicable redemption price set forth in the following table,
in each case plus accrued and unpaid dividends computed thereon from the
immediately preceding Dividend Payment Date (but without any cumulation for
unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods on Series F Preferred Stock) to the
date fixed for redemption, including any changes in dividends payable due to
changes in the Dividends Received Percentage and Additional Dividends, if any,
whether or not earned or declared.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION PERIOD REDEMPTION PRICE PER SHARE
- ----------------- --------------------------
<S> <C>
October 9, 1996 through September 29, 1997 $52.50
September 30, 1997 through September 29, 1998 52.00
September 30, 1998 through September 29, 1999 51.50
September 30, 1999 through September 29, 2000 51.00
September 30, 2000 through September 29, 2001 50.50
On or after September 30, 2001 50.00
</TABLE>
(c) Holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall have no right to require the
redemption of shares of Series F Preferred Stock.
6. Voting rights. Holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall have no
voting rights except as set forth in Section 4 and Section 5 of ARTICLE SEVENTH
of the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation or as otherwise required from
time to time by law.
7. Conversion Rights. Shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall not be
convertible into shares of Common Stock or any other security of the
Corporation.
22
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.3
AMENDMENT TO
PNC BANK CORP.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT
INCOME AND DISABILITY PLAN
This Amendment is made this 23rd day of January, 1998.
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, PNC Bank Corp. (the "Corporation") previously adopted
and presently maintains the PNC Bank Corp. Supplemental Executive Retirement
Income and Disability Plan (the "Plan"); and
WHEREAS, the Corporation has decided to implement a Voluntary
Retirement Program ("VRP") which will provide enhanced retirement benefits to
certain eligible participants under the PNC Bank Corp. Pension Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to ensure
that Plan benefits shall be payable to Participants who elect to retire under
the VRP.
NOW, THEREFORE, in accordance with the foregoing, the Plan is
hereby amended, effective January 1, 1998, as follows:
1. Section 2.17 of the Plan is hereby modified to add the following
provisions to the end thereof:
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 2.17 to the
contrary, the term "Retirement" shall also apply to any Participant
who is eligible for and retires under the terms of the Voluntary
Retirement Program provisions of Article XIII of the PNC Bank Corp.
Pension Plan even if the Participant has not yet attained age 55.
2. Section 3.1.1 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding the following to
the end thereof:
Notwithstanding any provisions in this Section 3.1.1 to the
contrary, any Participant who is eligible for and retires under the
terms of the Voluntary Retirement Program provisions of Article XIII
of the PNC Bank Corp. Pension Plan may elect to receive a lump sum
payment in writing at the same time he elects to retire under the
Voluntary Retirement Program.
3. A new Section 3.1.2 is hereby added to the Plan, as follows:
3.1.2 Temporary Voluntary Retirement Program. Any Participant who is
eligible for and retires under the terms of the Voluntary Retirement
Program ("VRP") provisions of Article XIII of the Pension Plan shall
have his Retirement Income Supplement calculated as if the
Participant was two years older than the Participant's actual age on
the effective date of his retirement under the VRP. In addition, the
term "Credited Service" shall mean the Participant's actual Credited
<PAGE> 2
Service earned under the Pension Plan (without regard to Article
XIII thereof), as of the effective date of his retirement under the
VRP, increased by two additional years of Credited Service.
4. Except as amended herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and
effect.
Executed this 23rd day of January, 1998.
PNC BANK CORP.
By: /s/ William E. Rosner
---------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.8
PNC BANK CORP.
1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
OPTIONEE:
DATE OF GRANT:
OPTION PRICE PER SHARE: $
COVERED SHARES:
Terms defined in the 1997 Long-Term Incentive Award Plan ("PLAN") of PNC Bank
Corp. ("CORPORATION") are used in this Agreement as defined in the Plan unless
otherwise defined in this Agreement. For certain definitions, see Annex C
attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
1. GRANT OF OPTION. Pursuant to the Plan and subject to the terms of this
Agreement, the Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee an Option to purchase
from the Corporation that number of Shares specified above as the "Covered
Shares," exercisable at the Option Price; provided, that the Committee in its
sole discretion may cancel the Option hereby granted at any time prior to the
first anniversary of the Date of Grant shown above.
2. TERMS OF THE OPTION.
2.1 TYPE OF OPTION. The Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option
without Rights.
2.2 OPTION PERIOD. The Option is exercisable, in whole (with respect to the
final Applicable Anniversary, or each date specified in clauses (ii) and (iii)
regardless of the attainment of each Applicable Anniversary) or in part (subject
to the attainment of each Applicable Anniversary in all other circumstances), at
any time and from time to time on or after the earliest to occur of (i) the
Applicable Anniversary of the Date of Grant, (ii) the date of termination of the
Optionee's employment with the Corporation by reason of death or permanent and
total disability, and (iii) the date of termination of the Optionee's employment
during a Coverage Period either by the Corporation without Cause or by the
Optionee with Good Reason; provided, that in the case of clause (iii) that such
termination is at least six months after the Date of Grant. "Applicable
Anniversary" means: (a) with respect to one-third of the Covered Shares,
exclusive of fractional shares, the first anniversary of the Date of Grant;
(b) with respect to one-half of the remaining Covered Shares, exclusive of
fractional shares, the second anniversary of the Date of Grant; and
(c) with respect to all remaining Covered Shares, the third anniversary of the
Date of Grant; provided, that if the Optionee retires from employment with the
Corporation prior to the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, the Optionee
will be deemed to have attained the initial or the next pending Applicable
Anniversary if the Optionee's date of retirement occurs within the six-month
period immediately preceding that Applicable Anniversary. The option shall
remain exercisable until the Date of Expiration.
2.3 NONTRANSFERABILITY. The Option is not transferable by the Optionee other
than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable,
during the Optionee's lifetime, only by the Optionee or, in the event of the
Optionee's legal disability, by the Optionee's legal representative.
3. CAPITAL ADJUSTMENTS. The number and class of unexercised Covered Shares and
the Option Price shall be subject to such adjustment, if any, as the Committee
in its sole discretion deems appropriate to reflect such events as stock
dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations or
reorganizations.
4. EXERCISE OF OPTION.
4.1 NOTICE AND EFFECTIVE DATE. The Option may be exercised, in whole or in part,
by delivering to the Corporation written notice of such exercise, in such form
as the Committee may from time to time prescribe, accompanied by full payment of
(a) the Option Price with respect to that portion of the Option being exercised
and (b) any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to applicable tax laws in
connection with such exercise. In addition, the Optionee may elect to use the
cashless exercise procedure provided for pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. The
effective date of such exercise shall be the Date of Exercise. Until the
Committee notifies the Optionee to the contrary, the form attached to this
Agreement as Annex A shall be used to exercise the Option granted hereunder.
4.2 PAYMENT OF THE OPTION PRICE. Upon exercise of the Option, in whole or in
part, the Optionee may pay the aggregate Option Price in cash, by delivering
duly endorsed certificates representing whole Shares having aggregate Fair
Market Value on the Date of Exercise not exceeding that portion of the Option
Price being paid by delivery of such Shares, or through a combination of cash
and Shares; provided, however, that no Shares may be used to pay any portion of
the Option Price that have not been held for at least six months prior to the
Date of Exercise or such other period as may be specified by the Committee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
<PAGE> 2
Optionee may elect to complete his or her option exercise through a brokerage
service/margin account pursuant to the cashless option exercise procedure under
Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and in such
manner as may be permitted by the Committee from time to time, consistent with
said Regulation.
4.3 PAYMENT OF TAXES. The Optionee may elect to satisfy applicable tax
withholding requirements by payment of cash or, subject to such terms and
conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish to satisfy any or
all federal, state, or local tax liabilities incurred upon such exercise,
through retention by the Corporation of Shares otherwise issuable upon such
exercise or by delivery to the Corporation of previously acquired Shares. Until
the Committee notifies the Optionee to the contrary, the form attached to this
Agreement as Annex B shall be used to make such election.
4.4 EFFECT. The exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option shall cause a
reduction in the number of unexercised Covered Shares equal to the number of
Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.
5. RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE AND UPON SHARES ISSUED UPON EXERCISE.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Optionee agrees, for
himself (herself) and his (her) successors, that the Option may not be exercised
at any time that the Corporation does not have in effect a registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the offer of
Shares under the Plan, unless the Corporation agrees to permit such exercise.
The Optionee further agrees, for himself (herself) and his (her) successors,
that, upon the issuance of any Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option, he
(she) will, upon the request of the Corporation, agree in writing that he (she)
is acquiring such Shares for investment only and not with a view to resale, and
that he (she) will not sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of such Shares unless
and until (a) the Corporation is furnished with an opinion of counsel to the
effect that registration of such Shares pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, is not required by that Act or by rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder; (b) the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has issued a
"no-action" letter with respect to such disposition; or (c) such registration or
notification as is, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, required for
the lawful disposition of such Shares has been filed and has become effective;
provided, however, that the Corporation is not obligated hereby to file any such
registration or notification. The Optionee further agrees that the Corporation
may place a legend embodying such restriction on the certificates evidencing
such Shares.
6. RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. The Optionee shall have no rights as a Shareholder
with respect to any Covered Shares until such time as the Option is exercised
and then only with respect to those Shares issued upon such exercise.
7. EMPLOYMENT. Neither the granting of the Option evidenced by this Agreement
nor any term or provision of this Agreement shall constitute or be evidence of
any understanding, expressed or implied, on the part of the Corporation or any
of its subsidiaries to employ the Optionee for any period. References in this
Agreement to the employment of the Optionee with the Corporation shall include
employment with any subsidiary of the Corporation.
8. SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. The Option evidenced by this Agreement and the exercise
thereof are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is
incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, but the terms of the
Plan shall not be considered an enlargement of any benefits under this
Agreement. In addition, the Option is subject to any rules and regulations
promulgated by the Committee.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be signed on
its behalf effective as of the Date of Grant.
PNC BANK CORP.
By: ________________________________________
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:
____________________________________________
Secretary
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO AS OF THE DATE OF GRANT.
____________________________________________
Optionee
Annex A - Option Exercise Form
Annex B - Tax Payment Election From
Annex C - Certain Definitions
2
<PAGE> 3
ANNEX C
PNC BANK CORP. 1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN
NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Except where the context otherwise indicates, the following definitions apply to
the Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement (the "AGREEMENT") to which this Annex C
is attached:
C.1 "APPLICABLE ANNIVERSARY" means: (a) with respect to one-third of the Covered
Shares, exclusive of fractional shares, the first anniversary of the Date of
Grant;
(b) with respect to one-half of the remaining Covered Shares, exclusive of
fractional shares, the second anniversary of the Date of Grant; and
(c) with respect to all remaining Covered Shares, the third anniversary of the
Date of Grant; provided, that if the Optionee retires from employment with the
Corporation prior to the third anniversary of the Date of Grant, the Optionee
will be deemed to have attained the initial or the next pending Applicable
Anniversary if the Optionee's date of retirement occurs within the six-month
period immediately preceding that Applicable Anniversary.
C.2 "CAUSE" means: (a) the willful and continued failure of the Optionee to
substantially perform the Optionee's duties with the Corporation (other than any
such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after
a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the
Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation which specifically
identifies the manner in which the Board or Chief Executive Officer believes
that the Optionee has not substantially performed the Optionee's duties; or
(b) the willful engaging by the Optionee in illegal conduct or gross misconduct
that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Corporation.
For purposes of the preceding clauses (a) and (b), no act or failure to act, on
the part of the Optionee, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or
omitted to be done, by the Optionee in bad faith and without reasonable belief
that the Optionee's action or omission was in the best interests of the
Corporation. Any act, or failure to act, based upon the instructions or prior
approval of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Optionee's superior or
based upon the advice of counsel for the Corporation, shall be conclusively
presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Optionee in good faith and in
the best interests of the Corporation. The cessation of employment of the
Optionee shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have
been delivered to the Optionee, as part of the notice of the Optionee's
termination, a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not
less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board, at a Board meeting
called and held for the purpose of considering such termination, finding that,
in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Optionee is guilty of the conduct
described in clause (a) or (b) above and specifying the particulars thereof in
detail. Such resolution shall be adopted only after reasonable notice of such
Board meeting is provided to the Optionee and the Optionee is given an
opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board.
C.3 "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means a change of control of the Corporation of a nature
that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A
of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or
form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Corporation is then
subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that without
limitation, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:
(a) any Person, excluding employee benefit plans of the Corporation, is or
becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act or any successor provisions thereto), directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Corporation representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the
combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding securities,
provided, however, that such an acquisition of beneficial ownership representing
between twenty percent (20%) and forty percent (40%), inclusive, of such voting
power shall not be considered a Change in Control if the Board approves such
acquisition either prior to or immediately after its occurrence;
(b) the Corporation consummates a merger, consolidation, share exchange,
division or other reorganization or transaction of the Corporation (a
"FUNDAMENTAL TRANSACTION") with any other corporation, other than a Fundamental
Transaction that results in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding
immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining
outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving
entity) at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power immediately
after such Fundamental Transaction of (i) the Corporation's outstanding
securities, (ii) the surviving entity's outstanding securities, or (iii) in the
case of a division, the outstanding securities of each entity resulting from the
division;
(c) the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation
or winding-up of the Corporation or an agreement for the sale or disposition (in
one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's assets;
(d) as a result of a proxy contest, individuals who prior to the conclusion
thereof constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new director whose
election or nomination for election by the Corporation's shareholders in
connection with such proxy contest was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
(2/3) of the directors then still in office who were directors prior to such
proxy contest) cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board (excluding
any Board seat that is vacant or otherwise unoccupied);
3
<PAGE> 4
(e) during any period of twenty-four consecutive months, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constituted the Board (including for this purpose any
new director whose election or nomination for election by the Corporation's
shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such
period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board
(excluding any Board seat that is vacant or otherwise unoccupied); or
(f) the Board determines that a Change in Control has occurred. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, a divestiture or spin-off of a subsidiary or
division of the Corporation shall not by itself constitute a "Change in
Control."
C.4 "CIC FAILURE" means the following: (a) with respect to a CIC Triggering
Event described in Section C.4(a), the Corporation's shareholders vote against
the transaction approved by the Board or the agreement to consummate the
transaction is terminated; or
(b) with respect to a CIC Triggering Event described in Section C.4(b), the
proxy contest fails to replace or remove a majority of the members of the Board.
C.5 "CIC TRIGGERING EVENT" means the occurrence of either of the following: (a)
the Board or the Corporation's shareholders approve a transaction described in
Subsection (b) of the definition of Change in Control contained in Section C.2
hereof; or
(b) the commencement of a proxy contest in which any Person seeks to replace or
remove a majority of the members of the Board.
C.6 "CORPORATION" shall mean PNC Bank Corp. and each Subsidiary of the
Corporation.
C.7 "COVERAGE PERIOD" means a period commencing on the earlier to occur of (i)
the date of a CIC Triggering Event and (ii) the date of a Change in Control, and
ending on the date that is two years after the date of the Change in Control,
provided, however, that in the event that a Coverage Period commences on the
date of a CIC Triggering Event such Coverage Period shall terminate upon the
earlier to occur of (x) the date of a CIC Failure and (y) the date that is two
years after the date of the Change in Control triggered by the CIC Triggering
Event. After the termination of any Coverage Period, another Coverage Period
shall commence upon the earlier to occur of clauses (i) and (ii) in the
preceding sentence.
C.8 "DATE OF EXERCISE" means the date on which the Corporation receives written
notice of the exercise in such form as the Committee may from time to time
prescribe, in whole or in part, of the Option pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement.
C.9 "DATE OF EXPIRATION" means the date on which the Option shall expire, which
shall be the earliest of the following times: (a) upon retirement of the
Optionee from employment with the Corporation prior to the date that the Option
becomes exercisable pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Agreement;
(b) upon termination of the Optionee's employment with the Corporation for
Cause;
(c) upon termination of the Optionee's employment with the Corporation for any
reason other than (i) Cause, (ii) retirement, (iii) death, (iv) permanent and
total disability, (v) termination during a Coverage Period by the Corporation
without Cause or by the Optionee with Good Reason, unless the Committee
determines otherwise, or (vi) termination effected under the standard Waiver and
Release Agreement and not revoked by the Optionee pursuant to the applicable
Displaced Employee Assistance Plan or any successor plan, by whatever name known
("DEAP"), or under any agreement or arrangement entered into in lieu of the
applicable DEAP and not revoked by the Optionee;
(d) one year after termination of the Optionee's employment with the Corporation
by reason of death;
(e) ninety days after the Optionee's "last day of employment," as defined in a
standard Waiver and Release Agreement executed and not revoked by the Optionee
pursuant to the applicable DEAP, or in any agreement, release, or other document
executed by the Optionee in lieu of the standard DEAP Waiver and Release
Agreement and not revoked by the Optionee;
(f) three years after the termination of the Optionee?s employment with the
Corporation by reason of (i) retirement on or after the date that the Option
becomes exercisable pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Agreement, (ii) permanent and
total disability, or (iii) termination during a Coverage period by the
Corporation without Cause or by the Optionee with Good Reason;
(g) ten years after the Date of Grant; and
(h) during any of the periods described in clauses (e), (f) and (g), immediately
above, the date upon which the Optionee first engages in any conduct or activity
which is in competition with the Corporation's businesses or business
opportunities, or which is in any way inimical, contrary, or harmful to the
Corporation's interests, including solely by way of illustration and not
limitation: (i) conduct related to the Optionee's employment for which either
criminal, civil, or administrative penalties or sanctions against the Optionee
may be sought; (ii) any material violation of the Corporation's policies,
including but not limited to its Code of Ethics; (iii) accepting employment with
or serving as a consultant, advisor, or in any other capacity to an employer
that is in competition with or acting against the interests of the Corporation,
including but not limited to employing or recruiting any present,
4
<PAGE> 5
former or future employee of the Corporation; provided, that this subclause
(h)(iii) shall not apply if the Optionee: (x) accepts such employment or
provides such services during the three-year period described in clause
(f)(iii), above, and (y) does not employ or recruit any present, former or
future employee of the Corporation during the first year of said three-year
period; (iv) improperly disclosing, misappropriating, or misusing any
confidential or proprietary information or material concerning the Corporation
or its employees, officers, or directors. The Committee (or an officer of the
Corporation duly authorized by the Committee to act on its behalf with respect
to such matters) shall have the sole discretion to determine or confirm that the
Optionee's conduct or activity is within the scope of this clause.
C.10 "DATE OF GRANT" means the date set forth as the "Date of Grant" on page 1
of the Agreement.
C.11 "GOOD REASON" means: (a) the assignment to the Optionee of any duties
inconsistent in any respect with the Optionee's position (including status,
offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or
responsibilities immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the
Change in Control, or any other action by the Corporation which results in a
diminution in any respect in such position, authority, duties or
responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and
inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is remedied by the Corporation
promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Optionee;
(b) a reduction by the Corporation in the Optionee's annual base salary as in
effect on the Date of Grant, as the same may be increased from time to time;
(c) the Corporation's requiring the Optionee to be based at any office or
location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Optionee's office or
location immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in
Control;
(d) the failure by the Corporation (i) to continue in effect any bonus, stock
option or other cash or equity-based incentive plan in which the Optionee
participates immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the Change
in Control that is material to the Optionee's total compensation, unless a
substantially equivalent arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or
alternative plan) has been made with respect to such plan, or (ii) to continue
the Optionee's participation in such plan (or in such substitute or alternative
plan) on a basis at least as favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits
provided and the level of the Optionee's participation relative to other
participants, as existed immediately prior to the CIC Triggering Event or the
Change in Control; or
(e) the failure by the Corporation to continue to provide the Optionee with
benefits substantially similar to those received by the Optionee under any of
the Corporation's pension (including, but not limited to, tax-qualified plans),
life insurance, health, accident, disability or other welfare plans in which the
Optionee was participating, at costs substantially similar to those paid by the
Optionee, immediately prior to the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in
Control.
C.12 "OPTION" means the Nonstatutory Stock Option granted to the Optionee in
Section 1 of the Agreement pursuant to which the Optionee may purchase Shares as
provided in the Agreement.
C.13 "OPTION PRICE" means the dollar amount per Share set forth as the "Option
Price" on page 1 of the Agreement.
C.14 "OPTIONEE" means the person identified as the "Optionee" on page 1 of the
Agreement.
C.15 "PERSON" has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and
also includes any syndicate or group deemed to be a "person" under Section
13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
5
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.16
FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
PNC BANK CORP. AND AFFILIATES
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
This Amendment is made this 23rd day of January, 1998.
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, PNC Bank Corp. (the "Corporation") previously adopted
and presently maintains the PNC Bank Corp. and Affiliates Deferred Compensation
Plan (the "Plan"); and
WHEREAS, the Corporation has decided to implement a Voluntary
Retirement Program ("VRP") which will provide enhanced retirement benefits to
certain eligible participants under the PNC Bank Corp. Pension Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to amend the Plan to ensure
that Plan benefits shall be payable to Participants who elect to retire under
the VRP.
NOW, THEREFORE, in accordance with the foregoing, the Plan is
hereby amended as follows:
1. Section 1.u. is hereby amended, effective January 1, 1998, by adding the
following provisions to the end thereof:
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 1.u. to the
contrary, the term "Retirement" shall also apply to any
Participant who is eligible for and retires under the terms of
the Voluntary Retirement Program provisions of Article XIII of
the PNC Bank Corp. Pension Plan, even if the Participant has
not yet attained age 55.
2. The remaining provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and
effect.
Executed this 23rd day of January, 1998.
PNC BANK CORP.
By: /s/ William E. Rosner
---------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
<PAGE> 1
PNC BANK CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES EXHIBIT 12.1
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS
TO FIXED CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31
Dollars in thousands 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
====================================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EARNINGS
Income before taxes and cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles $1,709,778 $1,618,599 $1,527,551 $627,012 $1,209,916
Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits 1,365,605 1,171,648 1,096,893 1,487,279 1,104,573
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal 3,075,383 2,790,247 2,624,444 2,114,291 2,314,489
Interest on deposits 1,471,108 1,456,587 1,428,771 1,551,816 1,159,242
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $4,546,491 $4,246,834 $4,053,215 $3,666,107 $3,473,731
=================================================================
FIXED CHARGES
Interest on borrowed funds $1,266,968 $1,098,365 $1,064,847 $1,455,069 $1,070,565
Interest component of rentals 37,374 29,312 29,839 31,283 32,247
Amortization of notes and debentures 1,394 833 816 927 1,761
Distributions on Mandatorily Redeemable Capital
Securities of Subsidiary Trusts 59,869 43,138 1,391
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal 1,365,605 1,171,648 1,096,893 1,487,279 1,104,573
Interest on deposits 1,471,108 1,456,587 1,428,771 1,551,816 1,159,242
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $2,836,713 $2,628,235 $2,525,664 $3,039,095 $2,263,815
=================================================================
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
Excluding interest on deposits 2.25x 2.38x 2.39x 1.42x 2.10x
Including interest on deposits 1.60 1.62 1.60 1.21 1.53
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
PNC BANK CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES EXHIBIT 12.2
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS
TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31
Dollars in thousands 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
===================================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
EARNINGS
Income before taxes and cumulative effect of changes in
accounting principles $1,709,778 $1,618,599 $1,527,551 $627,012 $1,209,916
Fixed charges and preferred stock dividends excluding interest
on deposits 1,395,395 1,201,582 1,105,324 1,492,391 1,112,564
----------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal 3,105,173 2,820,181 2,632,875 2,119,403 2,322,480
Interest on deposits 1,471,108 1,456,587 1,428,771 1,551,816 1,159,242
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $4,576,281 $4,276,768 $4,061,646 $3,671,219 $3,481,722
================================================================
FIXED CHARGES
Interest on borrowed funds $1,266,968 $1,098,365 $1,064,847 $1,455,069 $1,070,565
Interest component of rentals 37,374 29,312 29,839 31,283 32,247
Amortization of notes and debentures 1,394 833 816 927 1,761
Distributions on Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Securities
of Subsidiary Trusts 59,869 43,138 1,391
Preferred stock dividend requirements 29,790 29,934 8,431 5,112 7,991
----------------------------------------------------------------
Subtotal 1,395,395 1,201,582 1,105,324 1,492,391 1,112,564
Interest on deposits 1,471,108 1,456,587 1,428,771 1,551,816 1,159,242
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $2,866,503 $2,658,169 $2,534,095 $3,044,207 $2,271,806
================================================================
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK
DIVIDENDS
Excluding interest on deposits 2.23x 2.35x 2.38x 1.42x 2.09x
Including interest on deposits 1.60 1.61 1.60 1.21 1.53
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 13
FINANCIAL REVIEW
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions,
except per share data 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Interest income $5,313 $5,051 $4,938 $5,149 $4,724
Interest expense 2,740 2,556 2,494 3,007 2,232
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income 2,573 2,495 2,444 2,142 2,492
Provision for credit losses 225 70 6 84
Noninterest income before net securities
gains (losses) 2,503 1,806 1,409 1,269 1,218
Net securities gains (losses) 120 49 22 (280) (142)
Noninterest expense 3,261 2,662 2,348 2,498 2,275
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes 1,710 1,618 1,527 627 1,209
Income taxes 595 566 535 219 318
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income $1,115 $1,052 $992 $408 $891
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
Earnings
Basic $3.64 $3.33 $2.91 $1.20 $2.58
Diluted 3.60 3.28 2.88 1.19 2.54
Book value 18.86 16.87 17.13 16.87 16.59
Cash dividends declared 1.58 1.50 1.42 1.40 1.31
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE SHEET HIGHLIGHTS (At December 31)
Total assets $77,207 $75,120 $73,260 $73,404 $77,461
Earning assets 69,027 66,688 65,439 66,772 69,751
Loans, net of unearned income 57,650 54,245 51,798 48,653 44,043
Securities available for sale 7,074 8,522 11,917 15,839 23,670
Deposits 47,496 47,649 45,676 46,899 45,818
Borrowed funds 20,946 19,622 19,604 19,063 24,320
Shareholders' equity 6,043 5,384 5,869 5,768 5,727
Common shareholders' equity 5,729 5,069 5,553 5,751 5,658
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SELECTED RATIOS
Return on
Average common shareholders' equity 20.81% 20.01% 17.18% 7.05% 16.09%
Average assets 1.49 1.49 1.40 .54 1.19
Net interest margin 3.85 3.94 3.83 3.15 3.64
Noninterest income to total revenue 50.23 42.36 36.60 31.12 29.84
After-tax profit margin 21.35 24.02 25.37 12.84 24.71
Efficiency* 54.76 56.07 56.95 75.24 60.70
Leverage 7.28 7.30 7.70 6.37 7.10
Common shareholders' equity to assets 7.42 6.75 7.58 7.83 7.30
Dividend payout 43.43 45.39 48.89 94.76 37.42
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
1994 net income and earnings per share exclude the negative impact of changes in
accounting principles of $7 million or $.02 per share.
*Excluding amortization, distributions on capital securities and mortgage
banking hedging activities
PNC BANK 39
<PAGE> 2
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
This Financial Review should be read in conjunction with the PNC Bank Corp. and
subsidiaries' ("Corporation" or "PNC Bank") Consolidated Financial Statements
and Statistical Information included herein.
OVERVIEW
PNC BANK CORP.
The Corporation is one of the largest diversified financial services companies
in the United States operating retail banking, asset management and wholesale
businesses that provide products and services nationally and in PNC Bank's
primary geographic markets in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Ohio and
Kentucky.
Financial services providers today are challenged by intense competition,
changing customer demands, increased pricing pressures and the ongoing impact of
deregulation. Traditional loan and deposit activities face particularly
challenging competitive pressures as both banks and nonbanks compete for
customers with access to a broad array of banking, investment and capital
markets products.
PNC Bank has responded to these challenges by transitioning to an
organization managed as separate businesses with highly focused customer
segments. This approach provides the basis for differentiated businesses capable
of competing in today's environment where banks and other financial service
providers seek the same customers.
The Corporation has altered its business mix by investing in specialized
financial services businesses, including asset management, mutual fund
servicing, investment advisory, mortgage banking and corporate services. These
businesses are largely fee-based, less capital intensive and provide growth
opportunities on a national scale. More meaningful contributions from these
businesses, coupled with disciplined management of traditional banking
activities, have allowed PNC Bank to significantly improve the composition of
its revenue stream.
Pursuant to this strategy, the Corporation completed a number of
acquisitions and divestitures in 1998. Acquisitions included Midland Loan
Services, L.P. ("Midland"), a commercial mortgage servicer; the asset-based
finance business of BTM Capital Corp., including a $600 million portfolio of
asset-based loans and loan commitments; Hilliard-Lyons, Inc. ("Hilliard Lyons"),
a retail brokerage and investment management firm; and $26 billion of
residential mortgage servicing. The Corporation sold its corporate trust and
escrow business and $821 million of non-affinity, non-relationship credit card
accounts.
Also, in the fourth quarter the Corporation agreed to sell its remaining
credit card business, which previously was a significant component of PNC
National Consumer Bank. This transaction is expected to close in the first
quarter of 1999, subject to regulatory approval, and to result in a substantial
gain. Upon completion of the credit card divestiture, the balance of the
activities comprising PNC National Consumer Bank will be combined with PNC
Regional Community Bank.
SUMMARY FINANCIAL RESULTS
Consolidated net income for 1998 was $1.115 billion compared with $1.052 billion
a year ago. Diluted earnings per share increased 10% to $3.60 for 1998 from
$3.28 in 1997. Earnings from PNC Advisors, PNC Mortgage, BlackRock and PFPC
Worldwide each grew in excess of 21% compared with the prior year. Returns on
average common shareholders' equity and average assets were 20.81% and 1.49%
compared with 20.01% and 1.49%, respectively, a year ago.
Total revenue for 1998 increased $843 million or 19% compared with the
prior year primarily due to noninterest income growth. Noninterest income
increased $768 million to $2.623 billion for 1998 driven by 32% growth in
fee-based revenue. Noninterest income represented 50% of total revenue in 1998
compared with 42% in 1997. Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased $75
million in 1998 primarily due to a $3.4 billion increase in average earning
assets. The net interest margin narrowed to 3.85% compared with 3.94% in the
prior year primarily due to a change in balance sheet composition.
The provision for credit losses was $225 million in 1998 compared with $70
million in the prior year. Net charge-offs were .80% of average loans in 1998
compared with .51% a year ago. The increase in the net charge-off ratio was
primarily associated with credit cards and a single credit in the health care
industry.
Noninterest expense increased $599 million to $3.261 billion in 1998
primarily due to higher amortization of residential mortgage servicing rights
("MSR"), incentive compensation commensurate with revenue growth, the impact of
acquisitions and consumer banking initiatives. The efficiency ratio, which
excludes amortization, distributions on capital securities and mortgage banking
hedging activities, improved to 54.8% in 1998 from 56.1% a year ago.
Total assets were $77.2 billion at December 31, 1998, compared with $75.1
billion at December 31, 1997. Shareholders' equity totaled $6.0 billion at
December 31, 1998, compared with $5.4 billion at December 31, 1997. The leverage
ratio was 7.28% and Tier I and total risk-based capital ratios were 7.80% and
11.16%, respectively, at December 31, 1998.
The ratio of nonperforming assets to total loans and foreclosed assets was
.58% at December 31, 1998, and .61% at December 31, 1997. The allowance for
credit losses was 255% of nonperforming loans and 1.31% of total loans at
December 31, 1998, compared with 352% and 1.79%, respectively, at December 31,
1997.
40 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 3
REVIEW OF BUSINESSES
Business results are based on PNC Bank's management accounting practices. There
is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting
equivalent to generally accepted accounting principles; therefore, PNC Bank's
results are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other
financial services institution. Financial results are presented as if each
business operated on a stand-alone basis, in accordance with the Corporation's
current management structure.
Several organizational and business changes were made during 1998 as part
of the Corporation's operating strategy. In the second quarter of 1998, the
Asset Management and Mutual Fund Servicing business was divided into two
distinct businesses (BlackRock and PFPC Worldwide) and the institutional trust
business and Hawthorn were realigned with PNC Advisors (previously Private
Banking). Financial results for 1998 and 1997 are presented consistent with this
structure.
In December 1998, management made the decision to exit the credit card
business by entering into an agreement to sell the Corporation's credit card
subsidiary, including remaining credit card receivables. This transaction is
expected to close in the first quarter of 1999, subject to regulatory approval,
and to result in a substantial gain. Also, in December the Corporation sold its
non-affinity, non-relationship credit card accounts and its corporate trust and
escrow business resulting in net gains of $76 million. The impact of these
divested businesses as well as the benefit from the sale of an 18% equity
interest in BlackRock to its management in 1998 is included in Other.
The management accounting process uses various balance sheet and income
statement assignments and transfers to measure performance of the businesses.
Methodologies change from time to time as management accounting practices are
enhanced and businesses change. Securities or borrowings and related net
interest income are assigned based on the net asset or liability position of
each business. Capital is assigned based on management's assessment of inherent
risks and equity levels at independent companies providing similar products and
services. Support areas not directly aligned with the businesses are allocated
primarily based on the utilization of these services.
Total business financial results differ from consolidated financial results
primarily due to differences between management accounting practices and
generally accepted accounting principles, divested businesses, eliminations and
unassigned items, the impact of which is reflected in Other.
RESULTS OF BUSINESSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RETURN ON
EARNINGS REVENUE ASSIGNED CAPITAL AVERAGE ASSETS
Year ended December 31 - ------------- --------------- ---------------- -----------------
dollars in millions 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PNC Regional Bank
PNC Regional Community Bank $428 $372 $1,680 $1,599 30% 26% $35,060 $35,134
PNC National Consumer Bank 27 54 284 325 6 12 7,131 7,351
Asset Management
PNC Advisors 124 96 537 456 29 27 2,690 2,537
BlackRock 44 28 288 166 27 23 272 256
PFPC Worldwide 40 33 191 148 45 46 213 152
Wholesale
PNC Corporate Bank 177 213 737 692 15 19 15,557 14,754
PNC Secured Finance 112 140 306 263 18 26 9,356 6,635
PNC Mortgage 57 34 405 311 17 10 12,127 10,240
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
Total businesses 1,009 970 4,428 3,960 22 22 82,406 77,059
Other 106 82 794 419 (7,780) (6,415)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
Total consolidated $1,115 $1,052 $5,222 $4,379 21 20 $74,626 $70,644
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
</TABLE>
PNC BANK 41
<PAGE> 4
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
PNC REGIONAL COMMUNITY BANK
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 -
dollars in millions
1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income $1,299 $1,318
Noninterest income 381 281
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 1,680 1,599
Provision for credit losses 40 33
Noninterest expense 931 945
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 709 621
Income taxes 281 249
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $428 $372
- ----------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Loans
Consumer $5,239 $4,949
Commercial 2,648 2,079
Residential mortgage 1,279 1,249
Other 175 386
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total loans 9,341 8,663
Assigned assets and other assets 25,719 26,471
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $35,060 $35,134
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Net deposits
Noninterest-bearing demand $4,895 $4,805
Interest-bearing demand 4,057 3,985
Money market 7,295 6,452
Savings 2,557 2,791
Certificates 14,684 15,541
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total net deposits 33,488 33,574
Other liabilities 134 140
Assigned capital 1,438 1,420
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total funds $35,060 $35,134
- ----------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assigned capital 30% 26%
Noninterest income to total revenue 23 18
After-tax profit margin 25 23
Efficiency 53 57
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC Regional Community Bank provides financial products and services to small
business and retail customers within PNC Bank's geographic footprint. PNC
Regional Community Bank utilizes a sophisticated information database to
identify consumer preferences for products and services and the delivery channel
of choice.
Consumers are increasingly demanding the convenience of multiple delivery
channels and choice among high-value products and services. As consumer
preferences have changed, PNC Regional Community Bank has focused on offering
desired products and balancing resources between traditional branches and
technologically-advanced delivery channels.
PNC REGIONAL COMMUNITY BANK
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
97 57%
98 53%
- -------------------------------------------------------
EFFICIENCY RATIO
</TABLE>
PNC Regional Community Bank contributed 42% of total business earnings in
1998 compared with 38% in 1997. Earnings of $428 million in 1998 included $86
million of pretax gains on the sales of branches in Western Pennsylvania,
Kentucky and Indiana that were partially offset by one-time costs related to
consumer delivery initiatives. Excluding these items, earnings increased $29
million or 8% and performance ratios improved due to strategies designed to
respond to changing customer preferences while improving the effectiveness and
efficiency of the delivery system. As a result of these strategies, noninterest
expense before the one-time costs in 1998 declined $54 million or 6% compared
with the prior year. Net interest income declined in the current year due to the
impact of branch sales and the lower interest rate environment.
PNC Regional Community Bank engages in lending activities that are affected
by economic and financial market conditions. An economic slowdown could have an
adverse impact on results of operations.
42 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 5
PNC NATIONAL CONSUMER BANK
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 -
dollars in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income $164 $160
Noninterest income 120 165
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 284 325
Provision for credit losses 36 44
Noninterest expense 205 195
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 43 86
Income taxes 16 32
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $27 $54
- ----------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Loans
Dealer finance $4,770 $5,257
Education 1,149 1,252
Other 792 432
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total loans 6,711 6,941
Other assets 420 410
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $7,131 $7,351
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Net deposits $313 $83
Assigned funds and other liabilities 6,392 6,835
Assigned capital 426 433
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total funds $7,131 $7,351
- ----------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assigned capital 6% 12%
Noninterest income to total revenue 42 51
After-tax profit margin 10 17
Efficiency 71 59
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC National Consumer Bank provides consumer products and services nationwide
through affinity relationships.
In prior periods PNC Bank's credit card business was a significant
component of PNC National Consumer Bank. In the fourth quarter of 1998, the
Corporation agreed to sell its credit card business, and accordingly its results
have been excluded from PNC National Consumer Bank in both periods presented.
Upon completion of this transaction, which is expected to close in the first
quarter of 1999, subject to regulatory approval, PNC National Consumer Bank will
be combined with PNC Regional Community Bank. The combined business will
continue to leverage the alternative consumer delivery capabilities and
distribute consumer products through affinity relationships developed by PNC
National Consumer Bank.
PNC National Consumer Bank contributed 3% of total business earnings in
1998 and 6% in the prior year. Earnings decreased in the year-to-year comparison
due to $64 million pretax of securitization and other gains recorded in 1997.
In 1998, PNC National Consumer Bank continued to invest in marketing,
infrastructure and technology to support the distribution of non-credit card
products through AAA Financial Services. During 1999, infrastructure development
will be completed and management will continue to pursue actions designed to
improve the results of the AAA initiative.
The Corporation owns approximately 20% of Electronic Payment Services, Inc.
("EPS"), a privately-held company specializing in account access services. On
March 1, 1999, Concord EFS, Inc. and EPS merged resulting in a substantial gain
for the Corporation.
PNC ADVISORS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income $125 $115
Noninterest income
Investment management and trust 319 273
Brokerage 78 61
Other 15 7
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest income 412 341
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 537 456
Provision for credit losses 3 3
Noninterest expense 333 297
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 201 156
Income taxes 77 60
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $124 $96
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Loans
Residential mortgage $999 $1,054
Consumer 936 850
Commercial 614 498
Other 45 70
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans 2,594 2,472
Other assets 96 65
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $2,690 $2,537
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net deposits $2,218 $1,953
Assigned funds and other liabilities 51 230
Assigned capital 421 354
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total funds $2,690 $2,537
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assigned capital 29% 27%
Noninterest income to total revenue 77 75
After-tax profit margin 23 21
Efficiency 62 65
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC Advisors offers personalized investment management, brokerage, personal
trust, estate planning and traditional banking services to affluent individuals;
investment management services to wealthy individuals through Hawthorn; and
investment management, trust and administrative services to pensions, 401(k)
plans and charitable organizations through its institutional trust group.
PNC Advisors strives to be the financial "advisor of choice" in the growing
affluent market, providing a full range of high quality, customized and
predominantly fee-based investment products and services.
PNC BANK 43
<PAGE> 6
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
Consistent with this objective, in December 1998, the Corporation completed the
acquisition of Hilliard Lyons, a retail brokerage and investment management firm
with 90 offices in 13 Midwestern and Southeastern states. Hilliard Lyons has
focused on delivering brokerage services and investment management expertise to
affluent clients. The acquisition of Hilliard Lyons will enable PNC Advisors to
expand the retail distribution of capital markets products and provide customers
with a wider range of highly-regarded investment products.
PNC Advisors contributed 12% of total business earnings in 1998 compared
with 10% in 1997. Earnings of $124 million in 1998 increased $28 million or 29%
from the prior year driven by revenue growth.
PNC ADVISORS
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
97 $456
98 $537
- -------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL REVENUE (in millions)
</TABLE>
Revenue growth was primarily driven by noninterest income that increased
$71 million or 21% from the prior year. The increase was due to higher assets
under management resulting from new business and market appreciation as well as
higher brokerage income primarily from Hilliard Lyons. The year-to-year increase
in noninterest expense of $36 million resulted from the acquisition of Hilliard
Lyons as well as expenditures made to support revenue growth and continuing
investments in asset management technology.
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in billions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Personal trust $39 $35
Hawthorn 13 11
Institutional trust 7 6
Hilliard Lyons 5
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total $64 $52
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*Assets under management do not include brokerage assets administered.
Assets under management increased to $64 billion at December 31, 1998, due to
new business, market appreciation and Hilliard Lyons.
Brokerage assets administered by PNC Advisors increased $26 billion to $34
billion at December 31, 1998, primarily due to the acquisition of Hilliard
Lyons.
PNC Advisors' revenue is primarily affected by the
volume of new business, the value of assets managed, investment performance and
financial market conditions. Revenue may be positively affected by strong
investment performance or improving financial markets. Conversely, declining
performance or deteriorating financial markets may have an adverse effect on
results of operations.
BLACKROCK
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Revenue $288 $166
Operating expense 209 117
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 79 49
Income taxes 35 21
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $44 $28
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Total assets $272 $256
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities $110 $134
Assigned capital 162 122
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Total funds $272 $256
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assigned capital 27% 23%
After-tax profit margin 15 17
Efficiency 69 64
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
BlackRock, one of the largest asset managers in the country, offers fixed
income, domestic and international equity and liquidity investment products. The
Corporation has leveraged BlackRock's technology-based risk management
capabilities and financial management reputation as an established fixed income
manager by combining PNC Bank's investment advisory and asset management
capabilities under a single organization and brand. BlackRock is focused on
expanding marketing and delivery channels for a wide range of institutional and
retail investment products.
BlackRock contributed 4% of total business earnings in 1998 compared with
3% a year ago. Earnings of $44 million in 1998 increased 57% from the prior year
primarily driven by revenue growth related to new business and market
appreciation. Revenue increased $122 million or 73% due to a 26% increase in
assets under management and higher performance fees. The increase in operating
expense in the year-to-year comparison supported revenue growth.
At December 31, 1998, BlackRock managed $132 billion of assets for
individual and institutional investors, of which 89% were invested in fixed
income and liquidity funds that historically have been less volatile than equity
funds.
44 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 7
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in billions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Fixed income $68 $53
Liquidity 50 40
Equity and other 14 12
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total assets under management $132 $105
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Proprietary mutual funds
BlackRock Funds $24 $15
Provident Institutional Funds 26 20
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total proprietary mutual funds $50 $35
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
BlackRock's proprietary mutual fund family, with approximately $50 billion in
assets, provides individual investors with a full range of equity, bond and
money market investment products. At December 31, 1998, BlackRock was the
fifth-largest bank manager of mutual funds in the United States.
BLACKROCK
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
97 $105
98 $132
- -------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT (in billions)
</TABLE>
BlackRock's revenue is primarily affected by the volume of new business,
the value of assets managed, investment performance and financial market
conditions. Revenue may be positively affected by strong investment performance
or improving financial markets. Conversely, declining performance or
deteriorating financial markets may have an adverse effect on results of
operations.
PFPC WORLDWIDE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Revenue $191 $148
Operating expense 127 95
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 64 53
Income taxes 24 20
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $40 $33
================================================================
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Total assets $213 $152
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Net deposits $106 $63
Other liabilities 18 17
Assigned capital 89 72
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
Total funds $213 $152
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assigned capital 45% 46%
After-tax profit margin 21 22
Efficiency 66 64
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PFPC Worldwide ("PFPC"), the Corporation's global fund servicing operation,
provides a wide range of accounting, administration, transfer agency, custody,
securities lending and integrated banking transaction services to pension and
money fund managers, mutual funds, partnerships, brokerage firms, insurance
companies and banks. PFPC is the second-largest full service accounting agent
and the fourth-largest transfer agent to mutual funds in the United States.
Continued growth of the Dublin, Ireland operation has expanded PFPC's global
presence.
PFPC WORLDWIDE
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
97 $148
98 $191
- -------------------------------------------------------
REVENUE (in millions)
</TABLE>
PFPC contributed 4% of total business earnings in 1998 and 3% in 1997.
Earnings of $40 million in 1998 increased $7 million or 21% in the year-to-year
comparison, driven by new business and existing client growth. Revenue of $191
million in 1998 increased $43 million or 29% from the prior year due to the
higher level of assets serviced by PFPC. Accounting/administration assets
serviced increased $70 billion or 38% in 1998 to $252 billion at year end, while
custody assets increased 36% to $315 billion at December 31, 1998. Operating
expense increased in the year-to-year comparison to support revenue growth and
investments in technology and infrastructure associated with business expansion.
ASSETS SERVICED
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in billions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Custody $315 $232
Accounting/administration 252 182
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PFPC's revenue is primarily affected by the number and value of customer
accounts serviced and financial market conditions. Revenue may be positively
affected by increasing customer account values or improving financial markets.
Conversely, declining customer account values or deteriorating financial markets
may have an adverse effect on results of operations.
PNC BANK 45
<PAGE> 8
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
PNC CORPORATE BANK
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Credit-related revenue $337 $311
Noncredit revenue
Treasury management 207 202
Venture capital 93 100
Capital markets 76 63
Other 24 16
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total noncredit revenue 400 381
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 737 692
Provision for credit losses 102 4
Noninterest expense 359 357
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 276 331
Income taxes 99 118
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $177 $213
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Loans
Middle market $5,191 $5,028
Specialized industries 4,742 4,125
Large corporate 4,181 4,371
Other 426 333
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans 14,540 13,857
Other assets 1,017 897
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $15,557 $14,754
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net deposits $2,533 $2,173
Assigned funds and other liabilities 11,877 11,474
Assigned capital 1,147 1,107
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total funds $15,557 $14,754
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assigned capital 15% 19%
Noncredit revenue to total revenue 54 55
After-tax profit margin 24 31
Efficiency 48 51
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC Corporate Bank provides credit, treasury management and capital markets
products and services to large and mid-sized businesses, institutions and
government entities. Teams of specialists focus on specific segments, including
large corporate, middle market, communications, health care, public finance,
energy, metals and mining and emerging growth.
The ongoing pressure on credit-related product margins has led to more
emphasis on altering the revenue composition through growth of noncredit revenue
such as treasury management and capital markets. The strategic focus for PNC
Corporate Bank is on developing and delivering a comprehensive range of higher
margin, fee-based products and services and improving the returns on
credit-related products.
PNC Corporate Bank contributed 18% of total business earnings in 1998
compared with 22% a year ago. Earnings of $177 million in 1998 declined $36
million from the prior year due to a higher provision for credit losses that was
partially offset by higher credit-related and capital markets revenue. The
increase in the provision primarily related to credit exposure to certain
bankrupt affiliates of the Allegheny Health, Education and Research Foundation
("AHERF") that was substantially charged off. Management anticipates a lower
provision for credit losses in 1999.
PNC CORPORATE BANK
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
97 $692
98 $737
- -------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL REVENUE (in millions)
</TABLE>
Total revenue of $737 million in 1998 increased $45 million or 7% from the
prior year. Credit-related revenue primarily represents net interest income from
loans and increased 8% in the year-to-year comparison. Noncredit revenue, which
includes noninterest income and the benefit of compensating balances in lieu of
fees, increased $19 million or 5% compared with 1997 driven by growth in
treasury management, capital markets and other income. The increase in noncredit
revenue reflected strategies designed to expand fee-based services. In the
fourth quarter of 1998, PNC Corporate Bank obtained regulatory approval for Tier
II powers that will enable PNC Bank to participate in corporate debt and limited
equity underwriting, thereby offering capital markets customers a more complete
range of financing and investment products.
PNC Corporate Bank engages in lending, venture capital and capital markets
activities, all of which are impacted by economic and financial market
conditions. Accordingly, a decline in the capital markets or an economic
slowdown could adversely impact asset quality and results of operations.
46 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 9
PNC SECURED FINANCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income $224 $209
Noninterest income
Commercial mortgage servicing 40
Origination and securitization (4)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial mortgage banking 36
Corporate services 21 17
Other 25 37
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest income 82 54
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 306 263
Provision for credit losses (15) (37)
Noninterest expense 156 86
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 165 214
Income taxes 53 74
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $112 $140
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Loans
Commercial -- real estate related $3,149 $1,619
Commercial real estate 2,986 3,064
Business credit 1,339 967
Leasing 1,108 889
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans 8,582 6,539
Commercial mortgages held for sale 181
Other assets 593 96
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $9,356 $6,635
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Net deposits $1,019 $803
Assigned funds and other liabilities 7,709 5,284
Assigned capital 628 548
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total funds $9,356 $6,635
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assigned capital 18% 26%
Noninterest income to total revenue 27 21
After-tax profit margin 37 53
Efficiency 42 32
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC Secured Finance is engaged in commercial real estate finance, including loan
origination, securitization and servicing through Midland, asset-based financing
through PNC Business Credit and equipment leasing within PNC Bank's primary
geographic markets and nationally.
The commercial real estate finance group provides comprehensive services to
a broad base of clients including commercial and residential developers,
investors, mortgage bankers and property management companies. PNC Business
Credit is among the top ten firms in the United States in asset-based financing,
providing asset-based lending, syndication and treasury management services.
Leasing provides equipment lease financing to a wide range of customers and is
focused on growth from PNC Bank's existing corporate customer base and in
national markets.
PNC Secured Finance made several investments in 1998 to provide additional
revenue growth opportunities, reflecting its strategy to increase noninterest
income and expand nationally.
In April 1998, PNC Bank acquired Midland, one of the nation's largest
servicers of commercial mortgages. The acquisition of Midland provides important
competitive advantages as more real estate customers demand sophisticated,
technology-driven services and increased access to capital markets. Midland
greatly expanded PNC Bank's real estate financial services capabilities, which
now include origination, securitization, servicing, investment advisory and risk
management.
Also, in April the Corporation acquired the asset-based finance business of
BTM Capital Corp. The purchase included a $600 million portfolio of asset-based
loans and loan commitments and regional sales offices furthering PNC Bank's
strategy of becoming a national provider of these services.
In July 1998, PNC Bank acquired The Arcand Company, subsequently renamed
Columbia Housing Partners ("Columbia"). Columbia is a leading tax credit
syndicator, principally engaged in the origination and distribution of
affordable housing limited partnerships.
PNC Secured Finance contributed 11% of total business earnings in 1998
compared with 14% in the prior year. Earnings of $112 million in 1998 decreased
$28 million from the prior year primarily due to a lower benefit from improving
asset quality and the impact of the Midland acquisition.
Noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue increased to 27% in
1998 from 21% in 1997, mainly due to $40 million of commercial mortgage
servicing revenue from Midland, reflecting the strategy to invest in fee-based
businesses.
PNC SECURED FINANCE
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
97 21%
98 27%
- -------------------------------------------------------
NONINTEREST INCOME TO TOTAL REVENUE
</TABLE>
PNC BANK 47
<PAGE> 10
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE SERVICING PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In billions 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
January 1 $--
Acquisition 26
Additions 13
Purchases 7
Repayments (7)
- -----------------------------------------------------------
December 31 $39
- -----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, the commercial mortgage servicing portfolio totaled $39
billion, substantially all of which was serviced for others.
PNC MORTGAGE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT
Net mortgage banking revenue
Residential mortgage servicing $209 $159
Origination and securitization 192 97
Sales of servicing and other 9 7
MSR amortization (309) (81)
Hedging activities 165 18
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Net mortgage banking revenue 266 200
Net interest income 139 111
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 405 311
Operating expense 309 255
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 96 56
Income taxes 39 22
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $57 $34
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Residential mortgage loans $6,872 $7,680
Residential mortgages held for sale 2,935 1,393
Securities available for sale 1,250 458
Mortgage servicing rights and other assets 1,070 709
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $12,127 $10,240
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Escrow deposits $905 $603
Assigned funds and other liabilities 10,884 9,304
Assigned capital 338 333
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
Total funds $12,127 $10,240
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on assigned capital 17% 10%
Net mortgage banking revenue to total revenue 66 64
After-tax profit margin 14 11
Efficiency 55 66
- ------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC Mortgage originates, purchases and services residential mortgages. PNC
Mortgage focuses on expanding retail and correspondent distribution channels,
increasing the residential mortgage servicing portfolio and expanding sales of
related products, including second mortgages, home equity lines of credit and
insurance. In addition, PNC Mortgage securitizes and sells residential mortgages
as private-label, mortgage-backed securities and performs master servicing of
those securities for investors through PNC Mortgage Securities Corp.
PNC Mortgage contributed 6% of total business earnings in 1998 compared
with 4% in 1997. Earnings of $57 million in 1998 increased $23 million from the
prior year primarily due to higher business volumes.
Revenue and expense growth during 1998 resulted from higher loan
origination volume and a larger servicing portfolio. MSR amortization increased
$228 million in the year-to-year comparison, reflecting significant refinance
activity and the larger servicing portfolio. Hedging activities largely offset
the impact of refinance activity on MSR amortization.
PNC MORTGAGE
<TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
97 $41
98 $62
- -------------------------------------------------------
RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES SERVICED (in billions)
</TABLE>
During 1998, PNC Mortgage funded $12 billion of residential mortgages, with
63% representing retail originations. The comparable amounts were $6 billion and
70%, respectively, in 1997. The year-to-year increase in originations reflected
the combination of higher refinance activity and initiatives to expand retail
and correspondent origination capabilities. Purchases in 1998 included $16
billion of servicing portfolio acquisitions and $10 billion of contractual flow
purchases. With these purchases, PNC Mortgage became the nation's 11th-largest
servicer of residential mortgages.
48 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 11
RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE SERVICING PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In billions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
January 1 $41 $40
Originations 12 6
Purchases 26 2
Repayments (16) (7)
Sales (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------
December 31 $62 $41
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, the residential mortgage servicing portfolio totaled $62
billion, including $54 billion of loans serviced for others, with a
weighted-average coupon of 7.67%. In addition, the master servicing portfolio
grew 106% to $26 billion at December 31, 1998. Capitalized MSR totaled $768
million at December 31, 1998, and had an estimated fair value of $840 million.
MSR value and amortization are affected by changes in interest rates. If
interest rates decline and the rate of prepayment increases, the underlying
servicing fees and related MSR value also would decline. In a period of rising
interest rates, a converse relationship would exist. The Corporation seeks to
manage this risk by using financial instruments as hedges designed to move in
the opposite direction of MSR value changes.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
PNC Bank has made, and may continue to make, various written and oral
forward-looking statements with respect to financial performance and other
financial and business matters. The Corporation cautions that these
forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and
uncertainties, all of which change over time and the Corporation assumes no duty
to update forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.
In addition to factors previously disclosed by the Corporation and those
identified elsewhere in this Financial Review and in the Corporation's Annual
Report, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to
differ materially from forward-looking statements: the inability of the
Corporation or others to remediate year 2000 concerns in a timely fashion;
continued pricing pressures on loan and deposit products; increased credit risk;
the success and timing of business initiatives and strategies, several of which
are in early stages and therefore susceptible to greater uncertainty than more
mature businesses; competition; the ability to realize cost savings or revenues
and implement integration plans associated with acquisitions and divestitures;
changes in global and domestic economic conditions generally and in local
markets in which the Corporation conducts business; changes in interest rates
and capital markets; inflation; customer borrowing, repayment, investment and
deposit practices; continued customer disintermediation; customers' acceptance
of PNC Bank's products and services; and the impact, extent and timing of
technological changes, capital management activities, actions of the Federal
Reserve Board and legislative and regulatory actions and reforms.
PNC BANK 49
<PAGE> 12
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW
NET INTEREST INCOME ANALYSIS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE BALANCES INTEREST INCOME/EXPENSE AVERAGE YIELDS/RATES
Taxable-equivalent basis ----------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997 Change 1998 1997 Change 1998 1997 Change
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest-earning assets
Loans held for sale $3,371 $1,417 $1,954 $233 $104 $129 6.91% 7.31% (40)bp
Securities available for sale 7,374 8,774 (1,400) 430 546 (116) 5.83 6.22 (39)
Loans, net of unearned income
Consumer (excluding credit card) 11,073 11,291 (218) 940 958 (18) 8.49 8.48 1
Credit card 3,849 3,558 291 538 459 79 13.98 12.92 106
Residential mortgage 12,496 13,105 (609) 905 976 (71) 7.24 7.45 (21)
Commercial 22,773 19,014 3,759 1,794 1,494 300 7.88 7.86 2
Commercial real estate 3,279 4,068 (789) 277 359 (82) 8.45 8.82 (37)
Other 2,223 1,871 352 157 130 27 7.06 6.94 12
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans, net of unearned income 55,693 52,907 2,786 4,611 4,376 235 8.28 8.27 1
Other 1,001 919 82 65 54 11 6.49 5.88 61
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-earning assets/
interest income 67,439 64,017 3,422 5,339 5,080 259 7.92 7.93 (1)
Noninterest-earning assets 7,187 6,627 560
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $74,626 $70,644 $3,982
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Demand and money market $14,820 $13,477 $1,343 439 391 48 2.96 2.90 6
Savings 2,620 2,852 (232) 51 57 (6) 1.95 1.97 (2)
Other time 17,206 17,441 (235) 929 948 (19) 5.40 5.44 (4)
Deposits in foreign offices 935 1,094 (159) 52 61 (9) 5.56 5.58 (2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing deposits 35,581 34,864 717 1,471 1,457 14 4.13 4.18 (5)
Borrowed funds 21,809 18,594 3,215 1,269 1,099 170 5.82 5.91 (9)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing liabilities/
interest expense 57,390 53,458 3,932 2,740 2,556 184 4.77 4.78 (1)
------------------------------------------------------------
Noninterest-bearing liabilities, capital
securities and shareholders' equity 17,236 17,186 50
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities, capital securities
and shareholders' equity $74,626 $70,644 $3,982
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate spread 3.15 3.15
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources .70 .79 (9)
------------------------------
Net interest income/margin $2,599 $2,524 $75 3.85% 3.94% (9)bp
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NET INTEREST INCOME
Changes in net interest income and margin result from the interaction between
the volume and composition of earning assets, related yields and associated
funding costs. Accordingly, portfolio size, composition and related yields
earned and funding costs can have a significant impact on net interest income
and margin.
Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased $75 million to $2.599
billion in 1998 compared with $2.524 billion in 1997. The net interest margin
narrowed to 3.85% in 1998 compared with 3.94% in the prior year.
The increase in net interest income was due to a $3.4 billion increase in
average earning assets which more than offset a narrower net interest margin
resulting from a change in balance sheet composition. Average loans grew 5.3% to
$55.7 billion in 1998, a $2.8 billion increase from the prior year. Growth in
commercial and home equity loans more than offset a decline in commercial and
residential mortgages and credit card and automobile loans. Loans represented
83% of average earning assets in 1998 and 1997. Average loans held for sale
increased $2.0 billion in the year-to-year comparison, reflecting higher
residential and commercial mortgage originations and acquisitions.
Average securities available for sale decreased $1.4 billion and
represented 11% of average earning assets in 1998 compared with 14% a year ago.
Average deposits comprised 60% and 63% of PNC Bank's total sources of
funding in 1998 and 1997, respectively, with the remainder primarily comprised
of wholesale funding obtained at prevailing market rates.
Management anticipates a decline in balance sheet outstandings and a
narrowing of net interest margin due to the pending credit card sale and
continued downsizing of certain loan portfolios in 1999.
50 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 13
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The provision for credit losses was $225 million in 1998 compared with $70
million in the prior year. Management anticipates the Corporation will cover net
charge-offs beginning in the first quarter of 1999.
DETAILS OF NONINTEREST INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CHANGE
Year ended December 31 - -----------------
dollars in millions 1998 1997 AMOUNT PERCENT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Asset management $626 $462 $164 35.5%
Mutual fund servicing 182 141 41 29.1
Service charges on deposits 203 203
Consumer services
Credit card 129 93 36 38.7
Brokerage 75 54 21 38.9
Insurance 49 40 9 22.5
Other 137 125 12 9.6
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Total 390 312 78 25.0
Corporate services
Capital markets 52 48 4 8.3
Commercial mortgage
servicing 38 38 NM
Other 167 150 17 11.3
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Total 257 198 59 29.8
Mortgage banking
Residential mortgage
servicing 160 116 44 37.9
Origination 79 47 32 68.1
Marketing 111 47 64 136.2
Sales of servicing 7 3 4 133.3
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Total 357 213 144 67.6
Net securities gains 120 49 71 144.9
Other 488 277 211 76.2
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Total $2,623 $1,855 $768 41.4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NM - Not meaningful
NONINTEREST INCOME
Noninterest income was $2.623 billion in 1998 compared with $1.855 billion in
1997. Asset management, mutual fund servicing, consumer services, corporate
services and mortgage banking revenues each grew 25% or more compared with the
prior year. Noninterest income for 1998 included $162 million of net gains from
the sale of the corporate trust and escrow business, branch sales and the sale
of non-affinity, non-relationship credit cards. These items were primarily
offset by a higher than anticipated provision for credit losses, one-time costs
related to consumer banking initiatives and valuation adjustments on certain
market-sensitive asset positions. Mortgage banking hedging activities resulted
in $104 million of net securities gains and $61 million of other gains in 1998
that largely offset an increase in residential MSR amortization.
Asset management fees increased 36% from 1997 primarily due to new
business, market appreciation and performance fees. Assets under management
increased 27% to $174 billion at December 31, 1998, compared with $137 billion a
year ago. Mutual fund servicing fees grew 29% in 1998 resulting from an increase
in assets serviced. At December 31, 1998, custody and accounting/administration
services were provided for $315 billion and $252 billion of mutual fund assets,
respectively. The comparable amounts were $232 billion and $182 billion,
respectively, a year ago.
Consumer services revenue increased $78 million or 25% in 1998 compared
with 1997 primarily due to an increase in credit card and brokerage accounts. In
1999, Hilliard Lyons is expected to add approximately $135 million to brokerage
revenue while credit card fees will decrease approximately $95 million due to
the pending sale of the credit card business. Fees for corporate services, which
include treasury management, capital markets and commercial mortgage servicing,
increased 30% to $257 million in 1998 resulting from the Midland acquisition and
higher treasury management and capital markets fees.
Mortgage banking revenue grew $144 million or 68% in 1998 from the prior
year primarily due to significant mortgage refinance activity and higher
servicing income resulting from servicing portfolio acquisitions. Residential
mortgage originations totaled $12 billion in 1998 compared with $6 billion in
1997.
Net securities gains were $120 million in 1998, including $104 million
resulting from MSR hedging activities, compared with $49 million in 1997. The
year-to-year increase in other noninterest income was primarily due to the net
gains from divestitures and other gains from MSR hedging activities.
DETAILS OF NONINTEREST EXPENSE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CHANGE
Year ended December 31 - ------------------
dollars in millions 1998 1997 AMOUNT PERCENT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Staff expense
Compensation $1,220 $1,049 $171 16.3%
Employee benefits 196 192 4 2.1
- --------------------------------------------------------
Total 1,416 1,241 175 14.1
Net occupancy and
equipment
Net occupancy 204 189 15 7.9
Equipment 205 180 25 13.9
- --------------------------------------------------------
Total 409 369 40 10.8
Amortization
Mortgage servicing rights 321 81 240 296.3
Goodwill 68 53 15 28.3
Other 43 40 3 7.5
- --------------------------------------------------------
Total 432 174 258 148.3
Marketing 96 70 26 37.1
Distributions on
capital securities 60 43 17 39.5
Other 848 765 83 10.8
- --------------------------------------------------------
Total $3,261 $2,662 $599 22.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC BANK 51
<PAGE> 14
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Noninterest expense of $3.261 billion in 1998 increased $599 million from the
prior year primarily due to higher MSR amortization of $240 million, incentive
compensation commensurate with revenue growth in fee-based businesses, the
impact of acquisitions and consumer banking initiatives. Average full-time
equivalent employees totaled approximately 25,500 in 1998 compared with 24,600
in the prior year, an increase of 3.7% mainly due to acquisitions.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW
LOANS
Loans outstanding increased $3.4 billion from year-end 1997 to $57.7 billion at
December 31, 1998. Growth in commercial and home equity loans more than offset a
decline in commercial and residential mortgages and credit card and automobile
loans. The increase in commercial loans was primarily in real estate related,
specialized lending and middle market. Management anticipates a decline in the
loan portfolio in 1999 primarily due to the pending sale of credit cards and
continued downsizing of certain portfolios.
DETAILS OF LOANS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Consumer (excluding credit card)
Home equity $5,731 $4,848
Automobile 2,444 3,221
Education 1,196 1,223
Other 1,609 1,913
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total consumer 10,980 11,205
Credit card 2,958 3,830
Residential mortgage 12,265 12,785
Commercial
Manufacturing 5,336 3,838
Retail/wholesale 4,452 3,575
Service providers 3,263 2,497
Real estate related 3,093 2,047
Communications 1,529 1,154
Health care 1,136 1,504
Financial services 2,928 1,027
Other 3,445 4,347
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total commercial 25,182 19,989
Commercial real estate
Mortgage 1,398 1,848
Real estate project 2,051 2,126
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total commercial real estate 3,449 3,974
Lease financing and other 3,370 2,874
Unearned income (554) (412)
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total, net of unearned income $57,650 $54,245
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The loan portfolio remained relatively consistent in the comparison and the
composition continued to be geographically diversified among numerous industries
and types of businesses.
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The securities portfolio declined $1.4 billion from year-end 1997 to $7.1
billion at December 31, 1998. The expected weighted-average life of the
securities portfolio increased to 5 years and 3 months at December 31, 1998,
compared with 2 years and 9 months a year ago due to the purchase of U.S.
Treasury and government agency securities with maturities of 10 years or more
used to economically hedge MSR.
DETAILS OF SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------------------------------------
December 31 - AMORTIZED FAIR AMORTIZED FAIR
in millions COST VALUE COST VALUE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury and
government
agencies $2,781 $2,754 $1,102 $1,105
Mortgage-backed 2,942 2,936 4,672 4,623
Asset-backed 709 708 2,079 2,083
State and municipal 122 128 170 177
Other debt 33 31 34 33
Corporate stocks
and other 542 517 501 501
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total $7,129 $7,074 $8,558 $8,522
- -----------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Securities available for sale may be sold as part of the overall asset and
liability management process. Realized gains and losses are reflected in the
results of operations and include gains or losses on associated financial
derivatives. Unrealized gains and losses are reflected in other comprehensive
income. No financial derivatives were designated to securities available for
sale at December 31, 1998 or December 31, 1997.
52 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 15
FUNDING SOURCES
Total funding sources increased $1.2 billion to $68.4 billion at December 31,
1998. Increases in transaction deposit accounts and other borrowed funds were
mostly offset by decreases in foreign deposits and federal funds purchased. This
change in funding composition resulted in a strengthening of liquidity as 48% of
wholesale liabilities had a maturity beyond one year at December 31, 1998,
compared with 29% at December 31, 1997. During 1998, the Corporation continued
to expand funding sources by issuing approximately $800 million of bank notes
under the Euro medium-term bank note program.
DETAILS OF FUNDING SOURCES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deposits
Demand, savings and money market $29,359 $27,475
Time 17,774 17,125
Foreign 363 3,049
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total deposits 47,496 47,649
Borrowed funds
Federal funds purchased 390 3,632
Repurchase agreements 1,669 714
Bank notes and senior debt 10,384 9,826
Other borrowed funds 6,722 3,753
Subordinated debt 1,781 1,697
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total borrowed funds 20,946 19,622
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total $68,442 $67,271
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
CAPITAL
The access to and cost of funding new business initiatives including
acquisitions, ability to pay dividends, deposit insurance costs, and the level
and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in large part, on a financial
institution's capital strength. At December 31, 1998, the Corporation and each
bank subsidiary were considered well capitalized based on regulatory capital
ratio requirements.
RISK-BASED CAPITAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Capital components
Shareholders' equity
Common $ 5,729 $5,069
Preferred 314 315
Trust preferred capital securities 850 650
Goodwill and other (1,383) (949)
Net unrealized securities losses 36 23
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Tier I risk-based capital 5,546 5,108
Subordinated debt 1,641 1,666
Eligible allowance for credit losses 753 861
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total risk-based capital $7,940 $7,635
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets
Risk-weighted assets and
off-balance-sheet instruments $71,146 $68,756
Average tangible assets 76,135 69,948
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital ratios
Tier I risk-based 7.80% 7.43%
Total risk-based 11.16 11.11
Leverage 7.28 7.30
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The capital position is managed through balance sheet size and composition,
issuance of debt and equity instruments, treasury stock activities, dividend
policies and retention of earnings.
In 1998, the Corporation issued $200 million of trust preferred capital
securities that qualify as Tier I risk-based capital and $140 million of
subordinated debt that qualifies as Tier II risk-based capital. The Corporation
also called $39 million of convertible subordinated debentures at par that were
converted into common stock.
During 1998, PNC Bank repurchased 6.5 million shares of common stock. On
February 18, 1999, the Board of Directors authorized the Corporation to purchase
up to 15 million shares of common stock through February 28, 2000. This new
program replaces the prior program that was rescinded.
PNC BANK 53
<PAGE> 16
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
RISK MANAGEMENT
In the normal course of business, the Corporation assumes various types of risk,
the most significant of which are credit, liquidity, interest rate and market
risk. To manage these risks, PNC Bank has risk management processes designed to
provide for risk identification, measurement, monitoring and control.
CREDIT RISK
Credit risk represents the possibility that a borrower or counterparty may not
perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk is inherent in the
financial services business and results from extending credit to customers,
purchasing securities and entering into off-balance-sheet financial derivative
transactions. The Corporation seeks to manage credit risk through, among other
things, diversification, limiting exposure to any single industry or customer,
requiring collateral or selling participations to third parties and purchasing
credit-related derivatives.
NONPERFORMING ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Nonaccrual loans
Commercial $188 $128
Residential mortgage 51 44
Commercial real estate
Mortgage 22 84
Real estate project 28 10
Consumer 6 10
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total nonaccrual loans 295 276
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Foreclosed assets
Residential mortgage 17 21
Commercial real estate 15 27
Other 5 9
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total foreclosed assets 37 57
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total nonperforming assets $332 $333
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Nonperforming loans to total loans .51% .51%
Nonperforming assets to total loans
and foreclosed assets .58 .61
Nonperforming assets to total assets .43 .44
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets and totaled
$332 million at December 31, 1998, compared with $333 million at December 31,
1997.
CHANGE IN NONPERFORMING ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
January 1 $333 $459
Transferred from accrual 377 308
Returned to performing (12) (26)
Principal reductions (175) (230)
Sales (58) (99)
Charge-offs and valuation adjustments (133) (79)
- ----------------------------------------------------------
December 31 $332 $333
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The amount of nonperforming loans that were current as to principal and interest
was $28 million at December 31, 1998, and $34 million at December 31, 1997.
There were no troubled debt restructured loans outstanding as of either year
end.
ACCRUING LOANS PAST DUE 90 DAYS OR MORE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT PERCENT OF LOANS
December 31- ------------- ----------------
dollars in millions 1998 1997 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer (excluding
credit card)
Guaranteed education $23 $26 1.92% 2.32%
Other 38 32 .39 .32
- ------------------------------------------
Total consumer 61 58 .56 .52
Credit card 63 69 2.13 1.80
Residential mortgage 55 60 .45 .47
Commercial 56 77 .22 .39
Commercial real estate 32 23 .93 .58
Other 1 1 .04 .04
- ------------------------------------------
Total $268 $288 .46 .53
- ------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Loans not included in nonaccrual or past due categories, but where known
information about possible credit problems causes management to be uncertain of
the borrower's ability to comply with existing repayment terms over the next six
months, totaled $77 million at December 31, 1998.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
In determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, the Corporation
makes allocations to specific problem commercial, commercial real estate and
other loans based on discounted cash flow analyses or collateral valuations for
impaired loans and to pools of watchlist and nonwatchlist loans for various
credit risk factors. Allocations to loan pools are developed by business segment
and risk rating and are based on historical loss trends and management's
judgment concerning those trends and other relevant factors. These factors may
include, among others, actual versus estimated losses, current regional and
national economic conditions, business segment and portfolio concentrations,
industry competition and consolidation and the impact of government regulations.
Credit card, other consumer and residential mortgage loan allocations are made
at a total portfolio level based on historical loss experience adjusted for
portfolio activity and current economic conditions.
While PNC Bank's commercial and consumer pool reserve methodologies strive
to reflect all risk factors, there continues to be a certain element of risk
arising in part from, but not limited to, potential for estimation or judgmental
errors, charge-off volatility, rapid declines in the credit quality of assets
arising from such factors as fraud,
54 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 17
portfolio management risks, or sudden economic shifts. Unallocated reserves
provide coverage for such risks. While allocations are made to specific loans
and pools of loans, the total reserve is available for all credit losses.
Senior management's Reserve Adequacy Committee provides oversight for the
allowance evaluation process including quarterly evaluations, and methodology
and estimation changes. The results of the evaluations are reported to the
Credit Committee of the Board of Directors.
The increase in the provision for credit losses in 1998 and the evaluation
of the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 1998, reflect changes in
loan portfolio composition, changes in asset quality and the impact of actions
taken to exit the credit card business. The unallocated portion of the allowance
for credit losses represented 22% of the total allowance and .29% of total loans
at December 31, 1998, compared with 15% and .27%, respectively, at December 31,
1997.
ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
January 1 $972 $1,166
Charge-offs (524) (385)
Recoveries 77 113
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs (447) (272)
Provision for credit losses 225 70
Acquisitions 3 8
- ----------------------------------------------------------
December 31 $753 $972
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The allowance as a percent of nonperforming loans and total loans was 255% and
1.31%, respectively, at December 31, 1998. The comparable year-end 1997 amounts
were 352% and 1.79%, respectively.
CHARGE-OFFS AND RECOVERIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended NET PERCENT OF
December 31 - CHARGE- CHARGE- AVERAGE
dollars in millions OFFS RECOVERIES OFFS LOANS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998
Consumer (excluding
credit card) $83 $34 $49 .44%
Credit card 297 17 280 7.27
Residential mortgage 7 1 6 .05
Commercial 122 20 102 .45
Commercial real estate 8 3 5 .15
Other 7 2 5 .22
- --------------------------------------------------
Total $524 $77 $447 .80
===============================================================
1997
Consumer (excluding
credit card) $104 $36 $68 .60%
Credit card 208 25 183 5.14
Residential mortgage 9 1 8 .06
Commercial 48 38 10 .05
Commercial real estate 12 12
Other 4 1 3 .16
- --------------------------------------------------
Total $385 $113 $272 .51
===============================================================
</TABLE>
The increase in net charge-offs and net charge-offs as a percent of average
loans in the year-to-year comparison was primarily associated with credit cards
and AHERF. Net charge-offs from credit cards will be eliminated following the
pending sale of this business. The actual level of net charge-offs and the
provision for credit losses in future periods can be affected by many business
and economic factors and may differ from current or historical experience.
LIQUIDITY RISK
Liquidity represents an institution's ability to obtain funds at reasonable
rates to satisfy commitments to borrowers, demands of depositors and debtholders
and to invest in strategic initiatives. Liquidity risk is centrally managed by
Asset and Liability Management.
Key factors affecting the Corporation's liquidity include the availability
and distribution of funding by type and maturity, asset quality, current and
future earnings expectations, market factors, and management and business
outlooks and strategies.
Liquidity risk management includes consideration of the Corporation's
ability to raise funds in the capital markets through asset securitizations or
sales. The ability to raise funds in the capital markets depends on credit
ratings, market conditions, capital considerations, investor demand and other
factors.
Liquid assets consist of short-term investments, loans held for sale and
securities available for sale. At December 31, 1998, such assets totaled $11
billion, with $4.3 billion pledged as collateral for borrowing, trust and other
commitments. Liquidity is also provided by residential mortgages which may be
used as collateral for funds obtained through the Federal Home Loan Bank
("FHLB") system. At December 31, 1998, approximately $3.3 billion of residential
mortgages were available as collateral for borrowings from the FHLB.
Liquidity for the parent company and subsidiaries is also generated through
the issuance of securities in public or private markets and lines of credit and
through asset securitizations and sales. At December 31, 1998, the Corporation
had unused capacity under effective shelf registration statements of
approximately $1.3 billion of debt and equity securities and $400 million of
trust preferred capital securities.
Management believes the Corporation has sufficient liquidity to meet
current obligations to borrowers, depositors, debtholders and others. The impact
of replacing maturing liabilities is reflected in the income simulation model
used in the overall asset and liability management process.
PNC BANK 55
<PAGE> 18
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
INTEREST RATE RISK
Interest rate risk arises primarily through the Corporation's core business
activities of extending loans and accepting deposits. Many factors, including
economic and financial conditions, movements in market interest rates and
consumer preferences, affect the spread between interest earned on assets and
interest paid on liabilities. In managing interest rate risk, the Corporation
seeks to minimize its reliance on a particular interest rate scenario as a
source of earnings, while maximizing net interest income and net interest
margin. To achieve these objectives, the Corporation uses securities purchases
and sales, long-term and short-term funding, financial derivatives and other
capital markets instruments.
Interest rate risk is centrally managed by Asset and Liability Management.
The Corporation actively measures and monitors components of interest rate risk
including term structure or repricing risk, yield curve or nonparallel rate
shift risk, basis risk and options risk. Senior management's Corporate Asset and
Liability Committee provides strategic direction to Asset and Liability
Management and, in doing so, reviews capital markets activities and interest
rate risk exposures. The Finance Committee of the Board of Directors is
responsible for overseeing the Corporation's interest rate risk management
process.
The Corporation measures and manages both the short-term and long-term
effects of changing interest rates. A net interest income simulation model is
used to measure the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest
rates over the next twenty-four month period; and an economic value of equity
model is used to measure the sensitivity of the value of existing
on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet positions to changing interest rates.
The income simulation model is the primary tool used to measure the
direction and magnitude of changes in net interest income resulting from changes
in interest rates. Forecasting net interest income and its sensitivity to
changes in interest rates requires that the Corporation make assumptions about
the volume and characteristics of new business and the behavior of existing
positions. These business assumptions are based on the Corporation's experience,
business plans and published industry experience. Key assumptions employed in
the model include prepayment speeds on mortgage-related assets and consumer
loans, loan volumes and pricing, deposit volumes and pricing, the expected life
and repricing characteristics of nonmaturity loans and deposits, and
management's financial and capital plans.
Because these assumptions are inherently uncertain, the model cannot
precisely estimate net interest income or precisely predict the effect of higher
or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from
simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate
changes, the difference between actual experience and the assumed volume and
characteristics of new business and behavior of existing positions, and changes
in market conditions and management strategies, among other factors.
The Corporation's interest rate risk management policies provide that net
interest income should not decrease by more than 3% if interest rates gradually
increase or decrease from current rates by 100 basis points over a twelve-month
period. Over the course of 1998, the Corporation's interest rate risk exposures
were within policy limits. At December 31, 1998, if interest rates were to
gradually increase by 100 basis points over the next twelve months, the model
indicates that net interest income would decrease by 0.7%. If interest rates
were to gradually decrease by 100 basis points over the next twelve months, the
model indicates that net interest income would increase by 0.4%.
The Corporation models additional interest rate scenarios covering a wider
range of rate movements to identify yield curve, term structure and basis risk
exposures. These scenarios are developed based on historical rate relationships
or management's expectations regarding the future direction and level of
interest rates. Depending on market conditions and other factors, these
scenarios may be modeled more or less frequently. Such analyses are used in
conjunction with the net interest income simulation model and economic value of
equity model to identify inherent risk and develop appropriate strategies.
The Corporation measures the sensitivity of the value of its
on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet positions to movements in interest rates
using an economic value of equity sensitivity model. The model computes the
value of all current on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet positions under a
range of instantaneous interest rate changes. The resulting change in the value
of equity is the measure of overall long-term interest rate risk inherent in the
Corporation's existing on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet positions. The
Corporation uses the economic value of equity model to complement the net
interest income simulation modeling process.
The Corporation's risk management policies provide that the change in
economic value of equity should not decline by more than 1.5% of the book value
of assets for a 200 basis point instantaneous increase or decrease in interest
rates.
Based on the results of the economic value of equity model at December 31,
1998, if interest rates were to instantaneously increase by 200 basis points,
the economic value of existing on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet positions
would decline by 0.4% of assets. If interest rates were to instantaneously
decrease by 200 basis points, the economic value of existing on-balance-sheet
and off-balance-sheet positions would decline by 0.24% of assets.
56 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 19
MARKET RISK
Most of PNC Bank's trading activities are designed to provide capital markets
services for customers of PNC Corporate Bank, PNC Secured Finance and PNC
Advisors. The performance of PNC Bank's trading operations is predominantly
based on providing services to customers and not on positioning the
Corporation's portfolio for gains from market movements.
Market risk associated with trading, capital markets and foreign exchange
activities is managed using a value-at-risk approach that combines interest rate
risk, foreign exchange rate risk, spread risk and volatility risk. Exposure is
measured as the potential loss due to a two standard deviation, one-day move.
The combined year-end 1998 value-at-risk of all trading operations was less than
$600 thousand.
FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
A variety of off-balance-sheet financial derivatives are used as part of the
overall risk management process to manage interest rate, market and credit risk
inherent in the Corporation's business activities. Interest rate swaps and
purchased interest rate caps and floors are the primary instruments used for
interest rate risk management. Interest rate swaps are agreements to exchange
fixed and floating interest rate payments calculated on a notional principal
amount. The floating rate is based on a money market index, primarily short-term
LIBOR indices. Purchased interest rate caps and floors are agreements where, for
a fee, the counterparty agrees to pay the Corporation the amount, if any, by
which a specified market interest rate exceeds or is less than a defined rate
applied to a notional amount, respectively.
Forward contracts provide for the delivery of financial instruments at a
specified future date and at a specified price or yield. Such contracts are
primarily used to manage risk positions associated with certain mortgage banking
activities.
Credit-related derivatives provide, for a fee, an
assumption of a portion of the credit risk associated with the underlying
financial instruments. Such contracts are primarily used to manage credit risk
and regulatory capital associated with commercial lending activities.
Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market
and credit risk in excess of the amount on the balance sheet, but less than the
notional amount of the contract. For interest rate swaps, caps and floors, only
periodic cash payments and, with respect to caps and floors, premiums, are
exchanged. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are
significantly less than the notional value.
In 1998, financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management
increased net interest income by $18 million compared with a $14 million
decrease in the prior year.
The following table sets forth changes in the notional value of
off-balance-sheet financial derivatives used for risk management during 1998.
FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES ACTIVITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
1998 - dollars in millions JANUARY 1 ADDITIONS MATURITIES TERMINATIONS DECEMBER 31 MATURITY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest rate risk management
Interest rate swaps
Receive fixed $4,320 $7,805 $(2,047) $(2,915) $7,163 2 yr. 9 mo.
Pay fixed 448 301 (100) (636) 13 1 yr.
Basis swaps 1,011 1,330 (67) 2,274 3 yr. 7 mo.
Interest rate caps 542 314 (129) (5) 722 4 yr. 5 mo.
Interest rate floors 3,645 3,494 (2,100) (3,100) 1,939 1 yr. 7 mo.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest rate risk management 9,966 13,244 (4,443) (6,656) 12,111
Mortgage banking activities
Residential
Forward contracts
Commitments to purchase loans 1,652 20,055 (20,421) 1,286 2 mo.
Commitments to sell loans 1,335 29,655 (27,742) 3,248 2 mo.
Options 58 866 (717) 207 2 mo.
Interest rate floors - MSR 1,470 5,225 (1,820) 4,875 4 yr. 1 mo.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total residential 4,515 55,801 (48,880) (1,820) 9,616
Commercial 909 (252) 657 9 yr. 1 mo.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total mortgage banking activities 4,515 56,710 (48,880) (2,072) 10,273
Credit-related activities
Credit default swaps 4,305 (50) 4,255 2 yr. 9 mo.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $14,481 $74,259 $(53,373) $(8,728) $26,639
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC BANK 57
<PAGE> 20
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
The following table sets forth by designated assets and liabilities the
notional value and the estimated fair value of financial derivatives used for
risk management. Weighted-average interest rates presented are those expected to
be in effect based on the implied forward yield curve at December 31, 1998.
FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE INTEREST RATES
NOTIONAL ESTIMATED -------------------------------
December 31, 1998 - dollars in millions VALUE FAIR VALUE PAID RECEIVED
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest rate risk management
Asset rate conversion
Interest rate swaps(1)
Receive fixed designated to loans $5,550 $83 5.06% 5.49%
Pay fixed designated to loans 5 6.23 4.98
Basis swaps designated to other earning assets 300 4 4.78 5.17
Interest rate caps designated to loans(2) 722 6 NM NM
Interest rate floors designated to loans(3) 1,939 (9) NM NM
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total asset rate conversion 8,516 84
Liability rate conversion
Interest rate swaps(1)
Receive fixed designated to:
Interest-bearing deposits 150 10 5.23 6.65
Borrowed funds 1,463 60 5.12 5.83
Pay fixed designated to borrowed funds 8 1 7.22 5.58
Basis swaps designated to borrowed funds 1,974 9 5.09 5.09
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liability rate conversion 3,595 80
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest rate risk management 12,111 164
Mortgage banking activities
Residential
Forward contracts
Commitments to purchase loans 1,286 4 NM NM
Commitments to sell loans 3,248 4 NM NM
Options 207 5 NM NM
Interest rate floors - MSR(3) 4,875 53 NM NM
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total residential 9,616 66
Commercial
Pay fixed swaps 657 (2) 5.42 5.34
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total mortgage banking activities 10,273 64
Credit-related activities
Credit default swaps 4,255 (2) NM NM
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total financial derivatives $26,639 $226
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) The floating rate portion of interest rate contracts is based on
money-market indices. As a percent of notional value, 33% were based on
1-month LIBOR, 63% on 3-month LIBOR and the remainder on other short-term
indices.
(2) Interest rate caps with notional values of $248 million, $209 million and
$257 million require the counterparty to pay the excess, if any, of 3-month
LIBOR over a weighted-average strike of 6.19%, 1-month LIBOR over a
weighted-average strike of 5.85% and Prime over a weighted-average strike
of 8.77%, respectively. At December 31, 1998, 3-month LIBOR was 5.07%,
1-month LIBOR was 5.06% and Prime was 7.8%.
(3) Interest rate floors with notional values of $1.5 billion, $1.7 billion and
$3.2 billion require the counterparty to pay the Corporation the excess, if
any, of the weighted-average strike of 5.01% over 3-month LIBOR, the
weighted-average strike of 5.19% over 10-year CMT and the weighted-average
strike of 4.99% over 10-year CMS, respectively. At December 31, 1998,
3-month LIBOR was 5.07%, 10-year CMT was 4.65% and 10-year CMS was 5.47%.
NM - Not meaningful
58 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 21
OTHER DERIVATIVES
To accommodate customer needs, PNC Bank enters into customer-related financial
derivative transactions primarily consisting of interest rate swaps, caps,
floors and foreign exchange contracts. Risk exposure from customer positions is
managed through transactions with other dealers.
Additionally, the Corporation enters into other derivatives transactions
for risk management purposes. These positions are recorded at estimated fair
value and changes in value are included in results of operations.
OTHER DERIVATIVES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POSITIVE NEGATIVE
NOTIONAL FAIR FAIR NET ASSET
December 31, 1998 - in millions VALUE VALUE VALUE (LIABILITY)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Customer-related
Interest rate
Swaps $11,040 $ 69 $ (89) $(20)
Caps/floors
Sold 2,844 (19) (19)
Purchased 2,589 20 20
Foreign exchange 2,108 33 (27) 6
Other 457 7 (8) (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total customer-related 19,038 129 (143) (14)
Other 709 1 1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total other derivatives $19,747 $130 $(143) $(13)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth by designated assets and liabilities the notional
value and the estimated fair value of financial derivatives used for risk
management. Weighted-average interest rates presented are those expected to be
in effect based on the implied forward yield curve at December 31, 1997.
FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE INTEREST RATES
NOTIONAL ESTIMATED -------------------------------
December 31, 1997 - dollars in millions VALUE FAIR VALUE PAID RECEIVED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Interest rate risk management
Asset rate conversion
Interest rate swaps(1)
Receive fixed designated to loans $3,170 $64 5.79% 6.45%
Pay fixed designated to loans 427 (10) 7.30 5.89
Basis swaps designated to other earning assets 336 2 5.77 5.99
Interest rate caps designated to loans(2) 542 4 NM NM
Interest rate floors designated to loans(3) 3,645 4 NM NM
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total asset rate conversion 8,120 64
Liability rate conversion
Interest rate swaps(1)
Receive fixed designated to interest-bearing liabilities 1,150 37 5.88 6.31
Pay fixed designated to borrowed funds 21 3 5.47 6.38
Basis swaps designated to borrowed funds 675 1 5.96 5.99
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liability rate conversion 1,846 41
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest rate risk management 9,966 105
Mortgage banking activities
Forward contracts
Commitments to purchase loans 1,652 (1) NM NM
Commitments to sell loans 1,335 (5) NM NM
Options 58 2 NM NM
Interest rate floors - MSR(3) 1,470 26 NM NM
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total mortgage banking activities 4,515 22
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total financial derivatives $14,481 $127
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) The floating rate portion of interest rate contracts is based on
money-market indices. As a percent of notional value, 67% were based on
1-month LIBOR, 28% on 3-month LIBOR and the remainder on other short-term
indices.
(2) Substantially all interest rate caps require the counterparty to pay the
Corporation the excess, if any, of 3-month LIBOR over a weighted-average
strike of 6.32%.
(3) Interest rate floors with notional values of $3.5 billion and $1.5 billion
require the counterparty to pay the Corporation the excess, if any, of the
weighted-average strike of 5.16% over 3-month LIBOR and the
weighted-average strike of 5.91% over 10-year CMT, respectively. At
December 31, 1997, 3-month LIBOR was 5.81% and 10-year CMT was 5.75%.
NM - Not meaningful
PNC BANK 59
<PAGE> 22
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1998 VERSUS 1997
YEAR 2000 READINESS
The Corporation has been working since 1995 to prepare its computer systems and
applications to meet the year 2000 challenge. This process involves reviewing,
modifying and replacing existing hardware, software and embedded chip technology
systems, as necessary, and communicating with external service providers and
customers regarding their addressing of year 2000 issues. The Corporation is
also assessing the year 2000 preparedness of third parties such as vendors,
customers, governmental entities and others.
As of December 31, 1998, approximately 96% of the Corporation's MIS-
supported mainframe, mid-range and PC client-server systems had been tested and
returned to production as year 2000 ready. Approximately 96% of the
Corporation's non-PC related hardware and systems software had also been tested
and determined to be year 2000 ready as of that date. At year-end 1998, the
Corporation had also substantially completed an organization-wide assessment of
year 2000 issues relating to its mission critical systems which utilize embedded
chip technologies. No significant problems have been identified to date with
respect to embedded chip technology systems.
The Corporation has substantially completed its assessment of the year 2000
preparedness of its identified mission critical service providers. The
Corporation has not to date identified any material problems associated with its
mission critical service providers.
The year 2000 issue may also have an adverse impact on the operations and
financial condition of the Corporation's borrowers. PNC Bank periodically
compiles and updates year 2000 profiles for certain of its largest lending
relationships for the purpose of assessing their overall risks. Determination of
these risks is based upon an assessment of such borrowers' vulnerability to year
2000 issues, resources and capacity, adequacy of year 2000 readiness plans,
remediation costs and state of remediation. This information is compiled and
analyzed periodically to determine the possible year 2000 impact on the loan
portfolio and allowance for credit losses. Based on the Corporation's current
assessment of the information it has received to date, management believes the
year 2000 issue will not have a material impact on the quality of the loan
portfolio. The Corporation will continue to review and assess the year 2000
preparedness of its borrowers during 1999.
During the spring of 1999, PNC Bank plans to conduct fully integrated
testing of its systems and applications to determine whether its mission
critical application systems will perform in coordination with one another. The
mission critical applications systems will be tested on year 2000-ready hardware
and software using dates of December 31, 1999, January 3, 2000, February 29,
2000, and additional dates, if determined to be appropriate. The Corporation
also intends to conduct testing during 1999 with those mission critical vendors
that provide systems-related services.
The estimated total cost to become year 2000 compliant, which is being
expensed as incurred, is approximately $30 million. Through December 31, 1998,
the Corporation had expensed approximately $21 million related to the year 2000
effort. Expenses incurred for year 2000 readiness efforts comprised less than 5%
of the Corporation's total technology-related costs in 1998 and are not expected
to exceed 2% of technology-related expenses in 1999. No significant outlays have
been made to replace existing systems solely for year 2000 compliance reasons.
The costs and the timetable in which the Corporation plans to complete its year
2000 readiness activities are based on management's best estimates, which were
derived using numerous assumptions of future events including the continued
availability of certain resources, third party preparedness and other factors.
The Corporation can make no guarantee that these estimates will be achieved, and
actual results could differ from such plans.
Contingency plans have been completed for those systems that were not
tested and returned to production by October 31, 1998, and for those critical
service providers who either are not expected to be year 2000 ready by March 31,
1999, or did not respond to requests for year 2000 readiness information.
Contingency plans are being developed for mission critical end-user computing
applications that were not tested by December 15, 1998. In addition, business
continuity plans are being reviewed and strengthened to address year 2000
implications. This effort is expected to be completed by March 31, 1999. The
Corporation will continue to review all contingency plans during 1999 and modify
them when necessary or appropriate. Certain critical service provider and
systems contingency plans will be tested during 1999.
PNC Bank's year 2000 remedial efforts and contingency plans are also
subject to oversight and regulation by certain federal bank regulatory
authorities.
It is not possible to predict with certainty all of the adverse effects
that could result from a failure of the Corporation or of third parties to
become fully year 2000 compliant or whether such effects could have a material
impact on the Corporation. However, if the Corporation were to fail to correct
internal year 2000 problems, or if one or more of its third party providers are
unable due to year 2000 issues to provide services required by the Corporation,
a disruption of operations, resulting in increased operating costs and other
adverse effects, could result. Such disruptions could include a temporary
inability to process transactions and delays in providing services. In addition,
to the extent customers' financial positions are weakened due to year 2000
issues, credit quality could be adversely affected.
60 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 23
FINANCIAL REVIEW
1997 VERSUS 1996
OVERVIEW
Consolidated net income for 1997 totaled $1.052 billion or $3.28 per diluted
share compared with $992 million or $2.88, respectively, in 1996. Returns on
average common shareholders' equity and average assets for 1997 were 20.01% and
1.49% compared with 17.18% and 1.40%, respectively, in 1996. The 1996 results
include a $22 million after-tax charge to recapitalize the Savings Association
Insurance Fund ("SAIF"). Excluding the SAIF assessment, earnings for 1996
totaled $1.015 billion or $2.94 per diluted share. On this basis, returns on
average common shareholders' equity and average assets were 17.58% and 1.43%,
respectively.
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT REVIEW
NET INTEREST INCOME
Taxable-equivalent net interest income was $2.524 billion in 1997, a $45 million
increase over 1996. The net interest margin widened 11 basis points to 3.94%
compared with 3.83% in 1996. These increases resulted from a higher-yielding
earning asset mix which offset the impact of spread compression, change in
deposit mix and lower average deposit levels.
PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The provision for credit losses was $70 million in 1997. No provision was
recorded in the prior year. During 1997, PNC Bank's loan portfolio was comprised
of a larger proportion of consumer loans, primarily credit cards, which had
inherently higher charge-offs.
NONINTEREST INCOME
Noninterest income before net securities gains totaled $1.806 billion in 1997, a
$397 million or 28% increase compared with 1996. Net securities gains were $49
million in 1997 including $17 million associated with mortgage banking hedging
activities.
Strong asset management and consumer services growth reflected the
strategic emphasis on expanding fee-based revenue. Asset management and mutual
fund servicing benefited from new business and market appreciation. Service
charges on deposits increased $16 million due to a revised fee structure
implemented during 1996. Consumer services revenue exhibited strong growth in
nearly all categories. Fees for corporate services increased due to higher
treasury management fees. Credit card fees increased $63 million, reflecting
credit card portfolio growth largely due to acquisitions.
Mortgage banking revenue grew primarily due to higher income from
origination and securitization activities which were partially offset by an $8
million decline in gains from sales of servicing. Other noninterest income
increased over 1996 levels primarily due to asset securitization income of $55
million and a $27 million increase in venture capital income.
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Noninterest expense increased $314 million to $2.662 billion in 1997 primarily
due to $187 million of incremental costs associated with AAA and credit
card-related national consumer banking initiatives. Higher incentive
compensation commensurate with revenue growth and the cost of trust preferred
capital securities also contributed to the increase. Excluding AAA and credit
card-related national consumer banking initiatives and the cost of trust
preferred capital securities, noninterest expense increased $74 million or 3%.
Average full-time equivalent employees totaled 24,600 in 1997 compared with
25,000 in 1996. The efficiency ratio was 56.1% compared with 57.0% in the prior
year.
PNC BANK 61
<PAGE> 24
FINANCIAL REVIEW 1997 VERSUS 1996
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW
Total assets were $75.1 billion at December 31, 1997, compared with $73.3
billion at December 31, 1996. The increase was primarily due to increases in
loans, loans held for sale and short-term investments partially offset by a
reduction in securities available for sale.
LOANS
Loans outstanding increased $2.4 billion from year-end 1996 to $54.2 billion at
December 31, 1997. Loan portfolio composition continued to be geographically
diversified among industries and types of businesses and reflected growth in the
Corporation's core businesses, credit cards and the impact of acquisitions.
Growth in residential mortgages and commercial loans was partially offset by
reductions in indirect automobile lending and $1 billion of student loan
securitizations.
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The securities portfolio declined $3.4 billion from year-end 1996 to $8.5
billion at December 31, 1997. The expected weighted-average life of the
securities portfolio was 2 years and 9 months at December 31, 1997 compared with
2 years and 11 months at year-end 1996.
FUNDING SOURCES
Deposits increased 4.3% to $47.6 billion at December 31, 1997, compared with
$45.7 billion at year-end 1996 while borrowed funds remained relatively
unchanged. Deposits increased primarily due to an increase in short-term foreign
deposits. During 1997, the Corporation diversified its funding base by
initiating a $2.5 billion Euro medium-term bank note program. The Corporation
had issued approximately $514 million of bank notes under this program at
December 31, 1997.
ASSET QUALITY
The ratio of nonperforming assets to total loans and foreclosed assets was .61%
and .88% at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The allowance for credit
losses was 352% of nonperforming loans and 1.79% of total loans at December 31,
1997, compared with 334% and 2.25% at December 31, 1996, respectively. Net
charge-offs were .51% of average loans in 1997 compared with .33% in 1996. The
increase was primarily associated with higher credit card outstandings.
CAPITAL
Shareholders' equity totaled $5.4 billion and $5.9 billion at December 31, 1997
and 1996, respectively, and the leverage ratio was 7.30% and 7.70% in the
comparison. Tier I and total risk-based capital ratios were 7.43% and 11.11%,
respectively, at December 31, 1997. The comparable December 31, 1996 ratios were
8.29% and 11.65%, respectively.
62 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 25
REPORTS ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING
PNC Bank Corp. is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair
presentation of its published financial statements. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles and, as such, include judgments and
estimates of management. PNC Bank Corp. also prepared the other information
included in the Annual Report and is responsible for its accuracy and
consistency with the consolidated financial statements.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting. The internal control system is
augmented by written policies and procedures and by audits performed by an
internal audit staff which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board of
Directors. Internal auditors test the operation of the internal control system
and report findings to management and the Audit Committee, and corrective
actions are taken to address identified control deficiencies and other
opportunities for improving the system. The Audit Committee, composed solely of
outside directors, provides oversight to the financial reporting process.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of
internal control, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or
overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide
only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control
may vary over time.
Management assessed PNC Bank Corp.'s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 1998. This assessment was based on criteria for
effective internal control over financial reporting described in "Internal
Control-Integrated Framework" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management
believes that PNC Bank Corp. maintained an effective internal control system
over financial reporting as of December 31, 1998.
/s/ Thomas H. O'Brien /s/ Robert L. Haunschild
- ----------------------- -------------------------
Thomas H. O'Brien Robert L. Haunschild
Chairman and Senior Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS
PNC BANK CORP.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of PNC Bank Corp.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated
statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the
responsibility of PNC Bank Corp.'s management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PNC Bank Corp.
and subsidiaries at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the consolidated results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
- ------------------------
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
January 22, 1999
PNC BANK 63
<PAGE> 26
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions, except per share data 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Loans and fees on loans $4,590 $4,354 $3,943
Securities available for sale 425 540 859
Other 298 157 136
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest income 5,313 5,051 4,938
==========================================================================================================================
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits 1,471 1,457 1,428
Borrowed funds 1,269 1,099 1,066
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest expense 2,740 2,556 2,494
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income 2,573 2,495 2,444
Provision for credit losses 225 70
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income less provision for credit losses 2,348 2,425 2,444
==========================================================================================================================
NONINTEREST INCOME
Asset management 626 462 378
Mutual fund servicing 182 141 119
Service charges on deposits 203 203 187
Consumer services 390 312 211
Corporate services 257 198 168
Mortgage banking 357 213 189
Net securities gains 120 49 22
Other 488 277 157
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest income 2,623 1,855 1,431
==========================================================================================================================
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Staff expense 1,416 1,241 1,135
Net occupancy and equipment 409 369 369
Amortization 432 174 117
Marketing 96 70 63
Distributions on capital securities 60 43 1
Other 848 765 663
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noninterest expense 3,261 2,662 2,348
==========================================================================================================================
Income before income taxes 1,710 1,618 1,527
Income taxes 595 566 535
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income $1,115 $1,052 $992
==========================================================================================================================
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Basic $3.64 $3.33 $2.91
Diluted 3.60 3.28 2.88
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE 1.58 1.50 1.42
AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
Basic 300.8 310.1 338.6
Diluted 305.1 316.2 344.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
64 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 27
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions, except par value 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks $2,534 $4,303
Short-term investments 1,014 1,526
Loans held for sale 3,226 2,324
Securities available for sale 7,074 8,522
Loans, net of unearned income of $554 and $412 57,650 54,245
Allowance for credit losses (753) (972)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loans 56,897 53,273
Goodwill and other amortizable assets 2,548 1,632
Other 3,914 3,540
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $77,207 $75,120
==========================================================================================================================
LIABILITIES
Deposits
Noninterest-bearing $9,943 $10,158
Interest-bearing 37,553 37,491
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deposits 47,496 47,649
Borrowed funds
Federal funds purchased 390 3,632
Repurchase agreements 1,669 714
Bank notes and senior debt 10,384 9,826
Other borrowed funds 6,722 3,753
Subordinated debt 1,781 1,697
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total borrowed funds 20,946 19,622
Other 1,874 1,815
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities 70,316 69,086
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mandatorily redeemable capital securities of subsidiary trusts 848 650
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock 7 7
Common stock - $5 par value
Authorized: 450.0 shares
Issued: 352.8 and 348.4 shares 1,764 1,742
Capital surplus 1,250 1,042
Retained earnings 5,262 4,641
Deferred benefit expense (36) (41)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (43) (23)
Common stock held in treasury at cost: 49.1 and 48.0 shares (2,161) (1,984)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity 6,043 5,384
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities, capital securities and shareholders' equity $77,207 $75,120
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
PNC BANK 65
<PAGE> 28
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ACCUMULATED
OTHER
PREFERRED COMMON CAPITAL RETAINED COMPREHENSIVE
In millions STOCK STOCK SURPLUS EARNINGS INCOME (LOSS) OTHER TOTAL
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at January 1, 1996 $1 $1,704 $545 $3,571 $26 $(79) $5,768
Net income 992 992
Net unrealized securities losses (93) (93)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income 899
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividends declared
Common (482) (482)
Preferred (6) (6)
Common stock issued (4.3 shares) 22 74 96
Preferred stock issued (6.0 shares) 6 290 296
Treasury stock activity
(21.0 net shares purchased) 1 (1) (751) (751)
Tax benefit of ESOP and
stock option plans 29 1 30
Deferred benefit expense 19 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1996 7 1,726 939 4,075 (67) (811) 5,869
==========================================================================================================================
Net income 1,052 1,052
Net unrealized securities gains 44 44
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income 1,096
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividends declared
Common (469) (469)
Preferred (19) (19)
Common stock issued (3.3 shares) 16 57 73
Treasury stock activity
(27.0 net shares purchased) 19 (1,233) (1,214)
Tax benefit of ESOP and
stock option plans 27 2 29
Deferred benefit expense 19 19
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1997 7 1,742 1,042 4,641 (23) (2,025) 5,384
==========================================================================================================================
Net income 1,115 1,115
Net unrealized securities losses (13) (13)
Minimum pension liability adjustment (7) (7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income 1,095
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividends declared
Common (476) (476)
Preferred (19) (19)
Common stock issued (4.4 shares) 22 99 121
Treasury stock activity
(1.1 net shares purchased) 90 (177) (87)
Tax benefit of ESOP and
stock option plans 19 1 20
Deferred benefit expense 5 5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 $7 $1,764 $1,250 $5,262 $(43) $(2,197) $6,043
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
66 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 29
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $1,115 $1,052 $992
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used) provided
by operating activities
Provision for credit losses 225 70
Depreciation, amortization and accretion 632 346 290
Deferred income taxes 170 133 190
Net securities gains (120) (49) (22)
Net gains on sales of assets (328) (179) (89)
Change in
Loans held for sale (1,331) (1,383) (282)
Other (649) (31) (869)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities (286) (41) 210
==========================================================================================================================
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net change in loans (6,031) (5,182) (1,657)
Repayment of securities available for sale 2,120 2,014 6,045
Sales
Securities available for sale 12,779 10,223 6,789
Loans 3,030 2,863 671
Foreclosed assets 69 116 151
Purchases
Securities available for sale (13,342) (8,725) (9,063)
Loans (129) (534) (2,505)
Net cash (paid) received for acquisitions/divestitures (1,031) 460
Other (241) (823) 664
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities (2,776) (48) 1,555
==========================================================================================================================
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net change in
Noninterest-bearing deposits (215) (779) 221
Interest-bearing deposits 696 2,766 (1,919)
Federal funds purchased (3,242) (301) (541)
Sale/issuance
Repurchase agreements 112,108 84,315 70,626
Bank notes and senior debt 9,229 9,125 8,197
Other borrowed funds 98,534 99,469 88,663
Subordinated debt 140 350
Capital securities 198 300 350
Preferred stock 296
Common stock 123 155 120
Repayment/maturity
Repurchase agreements (111,153) (84,246) (72,832)
Bank notes and senior debt (8,672) (7,390) (6,561)
Other borrowed funds (95,616) (101,368) (86,991)
Acquisition of treasury stock (342) (1,532) (569)
Cash dividends paid (495) (488) (488)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities 1,293 376 (1,428)
==========================================================================================================================
(Decrease) increase in cash and due from banks (1,769) 287 337
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year 4,303 4,016 3,679
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and due from banks at end of year $2,534 $4,303 $4,016
==========================================================================================================================
CASH PAID FOR
Interest $2,727 $2,569 $2,636
Income taxes 397 418 193
NONCASH ITEMS
Transfers from loans held for sale to loans 429
Transfers from loans to other assets 44 71 76
Conversion of debt to equity 55 7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
PNC BANK 67
<PAGE> 30
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
BUSINESS
PNC Bank Corp. ("Corporation" or "PNC Bank") is one of the largest diversified
financial services organizations in the United States operating retail banking,
asset management and wholesale businesses that provide financial products and
services nationally and in PNC Bank's primary geographic markets in
Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, Ohio and Kentucky. PNC Bank is subject to
intense competition from other financial services companies with respect to
these businesses and is subject to the regulations of certain federal and state
agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those authorities.
NOTE 1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PNC Bank and its
subsidiaries, most of which are wholly owned. Such statements have been prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Actual
results will differ from such estimates and the differences may be material to
the consolidated financial statements.
LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Loans held for sale primarily consist of residential and commercial mortgages
and are carried at the lower of cost or aggregate market value. Gains and losses
on sales of loans held for sale are included in noninterest income.
SECURITIES
Securities are classified as investments and carried at amortized cost if
management has the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity.
Securities purchased with the intention of recognizing short-term profits are
placed in the trading account, carried at market value and classified as
short-term investments. Gains and losses on trading securities are included in
noninterest income. Securities not classified as investments or trading are
designated as securities available for sale and carried at fair value with
unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, reflected in accumulated other
comprehensive income. Gains and losses on sales of securities available for sale
are computed on a specific security basis and included in noninterest income.
LOANS
Loans are stated at the principal amounts outstanding, net of unearned income.
Interest income with respect to loans is accrued on the principal amount
outstanding, except for lease financing income which is recognized over its
respective terms using methods which approximate the level yield method.
Significant loan fees are deferred and accreted to interest income over the
respective lives of the loans.
LOAN SECURITIZATIONS
The Corporation sells mortgage and other loans through secondary market
securitizations. The Corporation receives a fee for servicing the securitized
loans. Securitized loans are removed from the balance sheet and the Corporation
records a servicing asset and a corresponding gain or loss on sale. Certain
estimates are inherent in determining the fair value of servicing assets and are
subject to change.
NONPERFORMING ASSETS
Nonperforming assets are comprised of nonaccrual loans, troubled debt
restructurings and foreclosed assets. Generally, loans other than credit card
and other consumer are classified as nonaccrual when it is determined that the
collection of interest or principal is doubtful or when a default of interest or
principal has existed for 90 days or more, unless the loans are well secured and
in the process of collection. When interest accrual is discontinued, accrued but
uncollected interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and
unpaid interest accrued in the prior year, if any, is charged against the
allowance for credit losses. Consumer loans are generally charged off when
payments are past due 120 days and credit cards are charged off when payments
are past due 180 days.
A loan is categorized as a troubled debt restructuring in the year of
restructuring if a concession is granted to the borrower due to a deterioration
in the financial condition of the borrower.
Nonperforming loans are generally not returned to performing status until
the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the
contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and collection of the
contractual principal and interest is no longer doubtful.
Foreclosed assets are comprised of property acquired through a foreclosure
proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. These assets are
recorded on the date
68 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 31
acquired at the lower of the related loan balance or market value of the
collateral less estimated disposition costs. Market values are estimated
primarily based on appraisals. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the
lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or the current market value
less estimated disposition costs. Gains or losses realized from disposition of
such property are reflected in noninterest expense.
Impaired loans consist of nonaccrual commercial and commercial real estate
loans and troubled debt restructurings. Interest collected on these loans is
recognized on the cash basis or cost recovery method.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The allowance for credit losses is established through provisions charged
against income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the
allowance and recoveries of previously charged-off loans are credited to the
allowance.
The allowance is maintained at a level believed by management to be
sufficient to absorb estimated potential credit losses. Management's
determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations
of the credit portfolio and other relevant factors. This evaluation is
inherently subjective as it requires material estimates, including, among
others, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans,
estimated losses on credit card and other consumer loans and residential
mortgages, and general amounts for historical loss experience, economic
conditions, uncertainties in estimating losses and inherent risks in the various
credit portfolios, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. In
determining the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses, the Corporation
makes allocations to specific problem commercial, commercial real estate and
other loans based on discounted cash flow analyses or collateral valuations for
impaired loans and to pools of watchlist and nonwatchlist loans for various
credit risk factors. Allocations to loan pools are developed by business segment
and risk rating and are based on historical loss trends and management's
judgment concerning those trends and other relevant factors. These factors may
include, among others, actual versus estimated losses, current regional and
national economic conditions, business segment portfolio concentrations,
industry competition and consolidation and the impact of government regulations.
Credit card, other consumer and residential mortgage loan allocations are made
at a total portfolio level based on historical loss experience adjusted for
portfolio activity and current economic conditions.
While PNC Bank's commercial and consumer loan pool reserve methodologies
strive to reflect all risk factors, there continues to be a certain element of
risk arising in part from, but not limited to, potential for estimation or
judgmental errors, charge-off volatility, rapid declines in the credit quality
of assets arising from such factors as fraud, portfolio management risks, or
sudden economic shifts. Unallocated reserves provide coverage for such risks.
While allocations are made to specific loans and pools of loans, the reserve is
available for all credit losses.
SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
Servicing rights retained in a sale or securitization of loans are recorded by
allocating the previous carrying amount of the loans sold or securitized to the
relative fair values of the assets retained and sold. Purchased servicing rights
are recorded at cost. Servicing rights are amortized in proportion to estimated
net servicing income. To determine the fair value of servicing rights, the
Corporation estimates the present value of future cash flows incorporating
numerous assumptions including cost of servicing, discount rates, prepayment
speeds and default rates.
A valuation allowance is maintained for the excess, if any, of the carrying
amount of capitalized servicing rights over estimated fair value.
GOODWILL AND OTHER AMORTIZABLE ASSETS
Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 15 to
25 years. Other amortizable assets are reduced using accelerated and
straight-line methods over their respective estimated useful lives. On a
periodic basis, management reviews goodwill and other amortizable assets and
evaluates events or changes in circumstances that may indicate impairment in the
carrying amount of such assets. In such instances, impairment, if any, is
measured on a discounted future cash flow basis.
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
For financial reporting purposes, premises and equipment are depreciated
principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets. Accelerated methods are used for federal income tax purposes.
Leasehold improvements are amortized over their estimated useful lives or their
respective lease terms, whichever is shorter.
SOFTWARE COSTS
Effective January 1, 1998, the Corporation adopted Statement of Position ("SOP")
98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for
Internal Use." SOP 98-1 requires the capitalization of certain costs incurred in
connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use. Qualifying
software costs are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of
the software. Prior to the adoption of SOP 98-1, software costs were expensed as
incurred. Restatement of prior year financial statements was not permitted. The
adoption of SOP 98-1 did not have a material impact on the Corporation's
financial position or results of operations.
PNC BANK 69
<PAGE> 32
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TREASURY STOCK
The Corporation records common stock purchased for treasury at cost. At the date
of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such
stock on the first-in, first-out basis.
FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
The Corporation uses off-balance-sheet financial derivatives as part of the
overall asset and liability management process and in mortgage banking
activities. Substantially all such instruments are used to manage risk related
to changes in interest rates. Financial derivatives primarily consist of
interest rate swaps, purchased interest rate caps and floors, forward contracts
and credit default swaps.
Interest rate swaps are agreements with a counterparty to exchange periodic
interest payments calculated on a notional principal amount. Purchased interest
rate caps and floors are agreements where, for a fee, the counterparty agrees to
pay the Corporation the amount, if any, by which a specified market interest
rate is higher or lower than a defined rate applied to a notional amount.
Interest rate swaps, caps and floors that modify the interest rate
characteristics (such as from fixed to variable, variable to fixed, or one
variable index to another) of designated interest-bearing assets or liabilities
are accounted for under the accrual method. The net amount payable or receivable
from the derivative contract is accrued as an adjustment to interest income or
interest expense of the designated instrument. Premiums on contracts are
deferred and amortized over the life of the agreement as an adjustment to
interest income or interest expense of the designated instruments. Unamortized
premiums are included in other assets. Changes in fair value of financial
derivatives accounted for under the accrual method are not reflected in results
of operations. Realized gains and losses, except losses on terminated interest
rate caps and floors, are deferred as an adjustment to the carrying amount of
the designated instruments and amortized over the shorter of the remaining
original life of the agreements or the designated instruments. Losses on
terminated interest rate caps and floors are recognized immediately in results
of operations. If the designated instruments are disposed of, the fair value of
the associated derivative contracts and any unamortized deferred gains or losses
are included in the determination of gain or loss on the disposition of such
instruments. Contracts not qualifying for accrual accounting are marked to
market.
Forward contracts provide for the delivery of financial instruments at a
specified future date and at a specified price or yield. The Corporation uses
forward contracts primarily to manage risk associated with its mortgage banking
activities. Realized gains and losses on mandatory and optional delivery forward
commitments are recorded in noninterest income in the period settlement occurs.
Unrealized gains or losses are considered in the lower of cost or market
valuation of loans held for sale.
To accommodate customer needs, PNC Bank also enters into financial
derivative transactions primarily consisting of interest rate swaps, caps,
floors and foreign exchange contracts. Interest rate risk exposure from customer
positions is managed through transactions with other dealers. These positions
are recorded at estimated fair value and changes in value are included in
noninterest income.
Additionally, the Corporation enters into other derivative transactions for
risk management purposes that do not qualify for accrual accounting. These
transactions are recorded at estimated fair value and changes in value are
included in noninterest income.
Credit-related derivatives are entered into to manage credit risk and
regulatory capital associated with commercial lending activities. If the
credit-related derivative qualifies for hedge accounting treatment, the premium
paid to enter the credit-related derivative is recorded in other assets and is
deferred and amortized to noninterest expense over the life of the agreement.
Changes in the fair value of credit-related derivatives qualifying for hedge
accounting treatment are not reflected in the Corporation's financial position
and have no impact on results of operations.
If the credit-related derivative does not qualify for hedge accounting
treatment or if the Corporation is the seller of credit protection, the
credit-related derivative is marked to market with gains or losses included in
noninterest income.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
The Corporation has foreign currency exposures for loans and deposits
denominated in foreign currencies. These exposures are managed by entering into
currency swaps and currency forward contracts. Assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the
balance sheet date exchange rate. Resulting gains or losses are included in
results of operations. Derivatives designated as hedges are accounted for using
the deferral method of accounting. Derivatives not qualifying for deferral
accounting are marked to market.
INCOME TAXES
Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting
and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax
rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to
reverse.
STOCK OPTIONS
For stock options granted at exercise prices not less than the fair market value
of common stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.
70 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 33
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Basic earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income adjusted
for preferred stock dividends declared by the weighted-average number of shares
of common stock outstanding.
Diluted earnings per common share is based on net income adjusted for
interest expense, net of tax, on outstanding convertible debentures and
dividends declared on nonconvertible preferred stock. The weighted-average
number of shares of common stock outstanding is increased by the assumed
conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and convertible debentures
from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of
shares of common stock which would be issued assuming the exercise of stock
options. Such adjustments to net income and the weighted-average number of
shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments dilute
earnings per common share.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," is required to be adopted in
years beginning after June 15, 1999, although early adoption is permitted. The
Corporation expects to adopt the new statement effective January 1, 2000. This
statement requires the Corporation to recognize all financial derivatives on the
balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that do not qualify as hedges must be
adjusted to fair value through results of operations. If the derivative is a
hedge as defined by the statement, changes in the fair value of derivatives will
be either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets,
liabilities, or firm commitments through results of operations or recognized in
other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in results of
operations based on the nature of the hedge. The ineffective portion of a
derivative's change in fair value will be immediately recognized in earnings.
Management has not yet determined what effect this statement will have on the
financial position and results of operations of the Corporation.
SFAS No. 134, "Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities Retained After the
Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking Enterprise"
(an amendment of SFAS No. 65), is effective January 1, 1999, although early
application is permitted. This statement requires the Corporation to classify
all mortgage-backed securities or other interests in the form of a security
retained after a securitization of mortgage loans held for sale based on its
ability and intent to sell or hold those investments. Any retained
mortgage-backed securities that the Corporation commits to sell before or during
the securitization process must be classified as trading securities. At the time
of implementation, this standard permits a one-time reclassification of
mortgage-backed securities and other beneficial interests retained after the
securitization of mortgage loans held for sale from the trading category.
Management does not believe that this statement will have a material impact on
the financial position and results of operations of the Corporation.
NOTE 2 ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES
In April 1998, the Corporation completed the acquisitions of Midland Loan
Services, L.P., one of the nation's largest servicers of commercial mortgages,
and the asset-based finance business of BTM Capital Corp., including a $600
million portfolio of asset-based loans and loan commitments. In July 1998, the
Corporation completed the acquisition of The Arcand Company, subsequently
renamed Columbia Housing Partners, a leading tax credit syndicator principally
engaged in the origination and distribution of affordable housing limited
partnerships. In December 1998, the Corporation acquired Hilliard-Lyons, Inc.
("Hilliard Lyons"), a retail brokerage firm with 90 offices in 13 Midwestern and
Southeastern states.
In December, PNC Bank sold its corporate trust and escrow business to Chase
Manhattan Trust Company, N.A. and $821 million of non-affinity, non-relationship
credit card accounts to a subsidiary of Metris Companies, Inc. The Corporation
also entered into a definitive agreement to sell its remaining credit card
business of approximately $2.9 billion of outstanding receivables and 3.3
million accounts, including PNC National Bank, Wilmington, Delaware, to MBNA
Corporation. This transaction, expected to close in the first quarter of 1999
subject to regulatory approvals, is anticipated to result in a substantial gain.
NOTE 3 CASH FLOWS
For the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash
and due from banks.
The following table sets forth information pertaining to acquisitions and
divestitures which affect cash flows.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions 1998 1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Assets acquired $1,007 $538
Liabilities assumed (divested) (322) 501
Cash paid 1,184 37
Cash and due from banks received 153 497
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The Corporation did not have acquisition or divestiture activity which affected
1997 cash flows.
PNC BANK 71
<PAGE> 34
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4 SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
AMORTIZED -------------- FAIR AMORTIZED -------------- FAIR
December 31 - in millions COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Debt securities
U.S. Treasury and government agencies $2,781 $10 $(37) $2,754 $1,102 $ 4 $ (1) $1,105
Mortgage-backed 2,942 5 (11) 2,936 4,672 4 (53) 4,623
Asset-backed 709 1 (2) 708 2,079 5 (1) 2,083
State and municipal 122 6 128 170 7 177
Other debt 33 (2) 31 34 (1) 33
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total debt securities 6,587 22 (52) 6,557 8,057 20 (56) 8,021
Corporate stocks and other 542 10 (35) 517 501 3 (3) 501
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities available for sale $7,129 $32 $(87) $7,074 $8,558 $23 $(59) $8,522
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
No financial derivatives were designated to securities available for sale at
December 31, 1998 and 1997.
The following table presents the amortized cost, fair value and
weighted-average yield of debt securities at December 31, 1998 by remaining
contractual maturity.
CONTRACTUAL MATURITY OF DEBT SECURITIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1998 - WITHIN 1 TO 5 TO AFTER 10
dollars in millions 1 YEAR 5 YEARS 10 YEARS YEARS TOTAL
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury and
government agencies $40 $299 $2,440 $ 2 $2,781
Mortgage-backed 2 8 197 2,735 2,942
Asset-backed 10 20 679 709
State and municipal 9 22 35 56 122
Other debt 1 8 9 15 33
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $52 $347 $2,701 $3,487 $6,587
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value $52 $346 $2,677 $3,482 $6,557
Weighted-average yield 5.20% 5.10% 5.45% 6.11% 5.78%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Based on current interest rates and expected prepayment speeds, the
weighted-average expected maturity of mortgage-backed and asset-backed
securities was 2 years and 6 months and 2 years and 4 months, respectively, at
December 31, 1998.
Weighted-average yields are based on historical cost with effective yields
weighted for the contractual maturity of each security.
The carrying value of securities pledged to secure public and trust
deposits, repurchase agreements and for other purposes was $4.3 billion at
December 31, 1998.
Information relating to security sales is set forth in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROSS GROSS
Year ended December 31 - in millions PROCEEDS GAINS LOSSES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1998 $12,779 $124 $ 4
1997 10,223 59 10
1996 6,789 39 17
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 5 LOANS AND COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT
Loans outstanding were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer (excluding credit card) $10,980 $11,205 $12,092 $12,535 $11,013
Credit card 2,958 3,830 2,776 1,004 838
Residential mortgage 12,265 12,785 12,703 11,689 9,746
Commercial 25,182 19,989 18,588 17,446 16,347
Commercial real estate 3,449 3,974 4,098 4,280 4,261
Other 3,370 2,874 1,926 2,102 2,223
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans 58,204 54,657 52,183 49,056 44,428
Unearned income (554) (412) (385) (403) (385)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans, net of unearned income $57,650 $54,245 $51,798 $48,653 $44,043
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Loan outstandings and unfunded commitments are concentrated in PNC Bank's
primary geographic markets. At December 31, 1998, no specific industry
concentration exceeded 4% of total outstandings and unfunded commitments.
72 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 35
NET UNFUNDED COMMITMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Consumer (excluding credit card) $ 3,695 $ 3,363
Credit card 14,794 16,385
Residential mortgage 2,756 2,144
Commercial 32,923 29,707
Commercial real estate 1,078 1,167
Other 652 1,019
- --------------------------------------------------------------
Total $55,898 $53,785
- --------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Commitments to extend credit represent arrangements to lend funds provided there
is no violation of specified contractual conditions. Commercial commitments are
reported net of participations, assignments and syndications, primarily to
financial institutions, totaling $5.9 billion at December 31, 1998 and 1997.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee,
and contain termination clauses in the event the customer's credit quality
deteriorates. Based on the Corporation's historical experience, most commitments
expire unfunded, and therefore cash requirements are substantially less than the
total commitment.
Net outstanding letters of credit totaled $4.7 billion at December 31, 1998
and 1997, and consist primarily of standby letters of credit which commit the
Corporation to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified
future events occur. Such instruments are typically issued to support industrial
revenue bonds, commercial paper, and bid- or performance-related contracts. At
year-end 1998, the largest industry concentration within standby letters of
credit was health care, which accounted for approximately 14% of the total.
Maturities for standby letters of credit ranged from 1999 to 2020.
At December 31, 1998, $2.5 billion of loans were pledged to secure
borrowings and for other purposes.
Certain directors and executive officers of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries, as well as certain affiliated companies of these directors and
officers, were customers of and had loans with subsidiary banks in the ordinary
course of business. All such loans were on substantially the same terms,
including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for
comparable transactions with other customers and did not involve more than a
normal risk of collectibility. The aggregate dollar amounts of these loans were
$28 million and $95 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
NOTE 6 NONPERFORMING ASSETS
The following table sets forth nonperforming assets and related information:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Nonaccrual loans $295 $276 $347 $335 $496
Troubled debt restructured loans 2 23 69
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total nonperforming loans 295 276 349 358 565
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreclosed assets 37 57 110 178 192
Assets held for accelerated disposition 10
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total non performing assets $332 $333 $459 $536 $767
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nonperforming loans to total loans .51% .51% .67% .74% 1.28%
Nonperforming assets to total loans,
foreclosed assets and assets held for accelerated disposition .58 .61 .88 1.10 1.73
Nonperforming assets to total assets .43 .44 .63 .73 .99
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest on nonperforming loans
Computed on original terms $25 $31 $35 $36 $54
Recognized 6 6 10 10 14
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Past due loans
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more $268 $288 $244 $225 $175
As a percentage of total loans, net of unearned income .46% .53% .47% .46% .40%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The Corporation had no material commitments as of December 31, 1998 to
extend credit to customers whose outstanding loans are nonperforming.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, foreclosed assets are reported net of
valuation allowances of $10 million and $13 million, respectively. Gains on
sales of foreclosed assets resulted in net foreclosed asset income of $3
million, $160 thousand, and $9 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
PNC BANK 73
<PAGE> 36
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 7 ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
Changes in the allowance for credit losses were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In millions 1998 1997 1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
January 1 $972 $1,166 $1,259
Charge-offs (524) (385) (247)
Recoveries 77 113 83
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs (447) (272) (164)
Provision for credit losses 225 70
Acquisitions 3 8 71
- ----------------------------------------------------------
December 31 $753 $972 $1,166
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Impaired loans totaled $238 million and $228 million at December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively. Impaired loans totaling $141 million and $151 million at the
end of 1998 and 1997, respectively, had a corresponding specific allowance for
credit losses of $35 million and $38 million. The average balance of impaired
loans was $223 million in 1998, $271 million in 1997 and $313 million in 1996.
Interest income recognized on impaired loans totaled $1 million, $2 million and
$5 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
NOTE 8 PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Premises, equipment and leasehold improvements, stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Land $90 $95
Buildings 498 504
Equipment 1,168 1,133
Leasehold improvements 198 172
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
1,954 1,904
Accumulated depreciation and amortization (1,030) (1,010)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Net book value $924 $894
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Depreciation and amortization expense on premises, equipment and leasehold
improvements totaled $159 million in 1998, $148 million in 1997 and $143 million
in 1996.
Certain facilities and equipment are leased under agreements expiring at
various dates until the year 2071. Substantially all such leases are accounted
for as operating leases. Rental expense on such leases amounted to $112 million
in 1998, $88 million in 1997 and $90 million in 1996.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, required minimum annual rentals due on
noncancelable leases having terms in excess of one year aggregated $685 million
and $629 million, respectively. Minimum annual rentals for each of the years
1999 through 2003 are $99 million, $92 million, $83 million, $71 million and $53
million, respectively.
NOTE 9 GOODWILL AND OTHER AMORTIZABLE ASSETS
Goodwill and other amortizable assets, net of amortization, consisted of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill $1,347 $898
Mortgage servicing rights
Residential 768 377
Commercial 117
Purchased credit cards 292 320
Other 24 37
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $2,548 $1,632
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Amortization of goodwill and other amortizable assets was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions 1998 1997 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Goodwill $68 $53 $54
Mortgage servicing rights
Residential 309 81 56
Commercial 12
Purchased credit cards 36 34 3
Other 7 6 4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $432 $174 $117
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 10 DEPOSITS
The aggregate amount of time deposits with a denomination greater than
$100,000 was $6.0 billion and $7.0 billion at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits for the
years 1999 through 2003 and thereafter are $14.8 billion, $1.4 billion,
$464 million, $362 million and $1.1 billion respectively.
NOTE 11 BORROWED FUNDS
Over 50% of bank notes mature in 1999 and have interest rates that range from
4.79% to 6.50%. Obligations to the Federal Home Loan Bank have maturities
ranging from 1999 to 2018 and interest rates that range from 1.00% to 7.91%. In
May 1998, the Corporation called $39 million of 8.25% convertible subordinated
debentures at par. Prior to the redemption date, these debentures were converted
into common stock at a conversion price of $23.41. Senior and subordinated notes
consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, 1998 - STATED
dollars in millions OUTSTANDING RATE MATURITY
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Senior $150 5.18-9.25% 1999-2000
Subordinated
Nonconvertible 1,781 6.13-10.55% 1999-2008
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $1,931
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Borrowed funds have scheduled repayments for the years 1999 through 2003 and
thereafter of $10.8 billion, $3.0 billion, $.7 billion, $2.6 billion and $3.8
billion, respectively.
74 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 37
NOTE 12 CAPITAL SECURITIES OF SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS
Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts ("Capital
Securities") include preferred beneficial interests in the assets of PNC
Institutional Capital Trust A, Trust B and Trust C. Trust A, formed in December
1996, holds $350 million of 7.95% junior subordinated debentures, due December
15, 2026, and redeemable after December 15, 2006, at a declining redemption
price ranging from 103.975% to par on or after December 15, 2016. Trust B,
formed in May 1997, holds $300 million of 8.315% junior subordinated debentures
due May 15, 2027, and redeemable after May 15, 2007, at a declining redemption
price ranging from 104.1575% to par on or after May 15, 2017. Trust C, formed in
June 1998, holds $200 million of junior subordinated debentures due June 1,
2028, bearing interest at a floating rate per annum equal to 3-month LIBOR plus
57 basis points. The rate in effect at December 31, 1998, was 5.831%. Trust C
Capital Securities are redeemable on or after June 1, 2008, at par. Cash
distributions on the Capital Securities are made to the extent interest on the
debentures is received by the Trusts. In the event of certain changes or
amendments to regulatory requirements or federal tax rules, the Capital
Securities are redeemable in whole.
NOTE 13 SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Information related to preferred stock is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES OUTSTANDING
December 31 - LIQUIDATION ------------------
Shares in thousands VALUE PER SHARE 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Authorized
$1 par value 17,352 17,394
Issued and outstanding
Series A $40 13 15
Series B 40 5 5
Series C 20 284 305
Series D 20 388 406
Series F 50 6,000 6,000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 6,690 6,731
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Series A through D are cumulative and, except for Series B, are redeemable at
the option of the Corporation. Annual dividends on Series A, B and D preferred
stock total $1.80 per share and on Series C preferred stock total $1.60 per
share. Holders of Series A through D preferred stock are entitled to a number of
votes equal to the number of full shares of common stock into which such
preferred stock is convertible. Series A through D preferred stock have the
following conversion privileges: (i) one share of Series A or Series B is
convertible into eight shares of common stock; and (ii) 2.4 shares of Series C
or Series D are convertible into four shares of common stock.
The Series F preferred stock is nonconvertible and nonvoting. Noncumulative
dividends are payable quarterly through September 30, 2001, at a rate of 6.05%
and, thereafter, indexed to certain market indices at rates not less than 6.55%
or greater than 12.55%. The Series F preferred stock is redeemable until
September 29, 2001, in the event of certain amendments to the Internal Revenue
Code at a declining redemption price from $51.50 to $50.50 per share. After
September 29, 2001, the Series F preferred stock may be redeemed at $50 per
share.
PNC Bank has a dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. Holders of
preferred stock and common stock may participate in the plan which provides that
additional shares of common stock may be purchased at market value with
reinvested dividends and voluntary cash payments. Common shares purchased
pursuant to this plan were 596,179 shares in 1998, 765,760 shares in 1997, and
1,097,597 shares in 1996.
At December 31, 1998, the Corporation had reserved approximately 20.1
million common shares to be issued in connection with certain stock plans and
the conversion of certain debt and equity securities.
NOTE 14 REGULATORY MATTERS
The Corporation is subject to the regulations of certain federal and state
agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by such regulatory authorities.
Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to written
regulatory agreements.
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt
corrective action, the Corporation must meet specific capital guidelines that
involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain
off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and
possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken,
could have a direct material effect on PNC Bank's financial position. The
Corporation's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative
judgments by regulatory agencies about components, risk weightings, and other
factors.
PNC BANK 75
<PAGE> 38
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following table sets forth regulatory capital ratios for PNC Bank and
the Corporation's only significant bank subsidiary, PNC Bank, N.A.
REGULATORY CAPITAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT RATIOS
-------------- --------------
December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997 1998 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Risk-based capital
Tier I
PNC Bank Corp. $5,546 $5,108 7.80% 7.43%
PNC Bank, N.A. 5,102 4,865 7.73 7.53
Total
PNC Bank Corp. 7,940 7,635 11.16 11.11
PNC Bank, N.A. 7,038 6,786 10.66 10.50
Leverage
PNC Bank Corp. 5,546 5,108 7.28 7.30
PNC Bank, N.A. 5,102 4,865 7.21 7.45
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The access to and cost of funding new business initiatives including
acquisitions, ability to pay dividends, deposit insurance costs, and the level
and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in large part, on a financial
institution's capital strength. The minimum regulatory capital ratios are 4% for
Tier I risk-based, 8% for total risk-based and 3% for leverage. However,
regulators may require higher capital levels when particular circumstances
warrant. To qualify as well capitalized, regulators require banks to maintain
capital ratios of at least 6% for Tier I, 10% for total risk-based and 5% for
leverage. At December 31, 1998, the Corporation and each bank subsidiary met the
well capitalized capital ratio requirements.
Dividends that may be paid by subsidiary banks to the parent company are
subject to certain legal limitations and also may be impacted by capital needs,
regulatory requirements, corporate policies, contractual restrictions and other
factors. Without regulatory approval, the amount available for payment of
dividends by all subsidiary banks was $952 million at December 31, 1998.
Under federal law, generally no bank subsidiary may extend credit to the
parent company or its nonbank subsidiaries on terms and under circumstances
which are not substantially the same as comparable extensions of credit to
nonaffiliates. No extension of credit may be made to the parent company or a
nonbank subsidiary which is in excess of 10% of the capital stock and surplus of
such bank subsidiary or in excess of 20% of the capital and surplus of such bank
subsidiary as to aggregate extensions of credit to the parent company and its
subsidiaries. In certain circumstances, federal regulatory authorities may
impose more restrictive limitations. Such extensions of credit, with limited
exceptions, must be fully collateralized. The maximum amount available under
statutory limitations for transfer from subsidiary banks to the parent company
in the form of loans and dividends approximated 27% of consolidated net assets
at December 31, 1998.
Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to
maintain cash reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank. During 1998, subsidiary
banks maintained reserves which averaged $186 million.
NOTE 15 FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POSITIVE NEGATIVE
NOTIONAL FAIR NOTIONAL FAIR
December 31 - in millions VALUE VALUE VALUE VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998
Interest rate
Swaps $6,915 $177 $2,535 $(10)
Caps 722 6
Floors 1,500 439 (9)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest rate
risk management 9,137 183 2,974 (19)
Mortgage banking activities 9,367 74 906 (10)
Credit default swaps 4,255 (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $18,504 $257 $8,135 $(31)
================================================================================
1997
Interest rate
Swaps $4,849 $106 $930 $(10)
Caps 542 4
Floors 3,500 6 145 (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest rate
risk management 8,891 116 1,075 (11)
Mortgage banking activities 1,528 28 2,987 (6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $10,419 $144 $4,062 $(17)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The Corporation uses a variety of off-balance-sheet financial derivatives as
part of its overall interest rate risk management process and to manage risk
associated with mortgage banking activities. Financial derivatives involve, to
varying degrees, interest rate and credit risk in excess of the amount
recognized on the balance sheet but less than the notional amount of the
contract. For interest rate swaps and purchased interest rate caps and floors,
only periodic cash payments and, with respect to such caps and floors, premiums
are exchanged. Therefore, cash requirements and exposure to credit risk are
significantly less than the notional value. The Corporation manages these risks
as part of its asset and liability management process and through credit
policies and procedures. The Corporation seeks to minimize the credit risk by
entering into transactions with only a select number of high-quality
institutions, establishing credit limits, requiring bilateral-netting
agreements, and, in certain instances, segregated collateral.
76 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 39
The Corporation uses interest rate swaps and purchased caps and floors to
modify the interest rate characteristics of designated interest-bearing assets
or liabilities from fixed to variable, variable to fixed, or one variable index
to another. At December 31, 1998, $8.2 billion of interest rate swaps, caps and
floors were designated to loans. No financial derivatives were designated to
securities available for sale at December 31, 1998. During 1998, derivative
contracts modified the average effective yield on interest-earning assets from
7.90% to 7.92%. At December 31, 1998, $3.6 billion of interest rate swaps were
designated to interest-bearing liabilities. During 1998, derivative contracts
modified the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities from 4.78% to 4.77%.
PNC Bank uses a combination of on-balance-sheet instruments and financial
derivatives to manage risk associated with its mortgage banking activities. The
inherent risk affecting the value of MSR is the potential for the related
mortgages to prepay, thereby eliminating the underlying servicing fee income
stream. Generally, derivatives used to hedge the value of MSR have been marked
to market and included in noninterest income.
Forward contracts are used to manage risk positions associated with
mortgage origination activities. Substantially all forward contracts mature
within 90 days of origination. Forward contracts are traded in over-the-counter
markets and do not have standardized terms. Counterparties to the Corporation's
forward contracts are primarily U.S. government agencies and brokers and dealers
in mortgage-backed securities. In the event the counterparty is unable to meet
its contractual obligations, the Corporation may be exposed to selling or
purchasing mortgage loans at prevailing market prices. Unrealized gains or
losses are considered in the lower of cost or market valuation of loans held for
sale.
During 1998, the Corporation entered into a credit default swap to manage
credit risk and regulatory capital associated with commercial lending
activities.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Corporation's exposure to credit losses
with respect to financial derivatives was not material.
OTHER DERIVATIVES
The following schedule sets forth information relating to positions associated
with customer-related and other derivatives.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POSITIVE NEGATIVE NET
NOTIONAL FAIR FAIR ASSET
December 31 - in millions VALUE VALUE VALUE (LIABILITY)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Customer-related
Interest rate
Swaps $11,040 $69 $(89) $(20)
Caps/floors
Sold 2,844 (19) (19)
Purchased 2,589 20 20
Foreign exchange 2,108 33 (27) 6
Other 457 7 (8) (1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total customer-related 19,038 129 (143) (14)
Other 709 1 1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $19,747 $130 $(143) $(13)
===========================================================================
1997
Customer-related
Interest rate
Swaps $3,518 $15 $(14) $1
Caps/floors
Sold 1,340 (4) (4)
Purchased 1,215 4 4
Foreign exchange 1,700 23 (23)
Other 734 1 (1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $8,507 $43 $(42) $1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 16 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
INCENTIVE SAVINGS PLANS
The Corporation sponsors incentive savings plans covering substantially all
employees. Under the plans, employee contributions up to 6% of biweekly
compensation, as defined in the plans, subject to Internal Revenue Code
limitations, are matched. Contributions to the plans are matched primarily by
shares of PNC Bank common stock held by the Corporation's employee stock
ownership plan ("ESOP").
The Corporation makes annual contributions to the ESOP equal to the debt
service requirements on the ESOP borrowing less dividends received by the ESOP.
All dividends received by the ESOP are used to pay debt service. Dividends used
for debt service totaled $9 million in 1998 and $10 million in 1997 and 1996. To
satisfy additional debt service requirements, PNC Bank contributed $7 million in
1998, $13 million in 1997 and $11 million in 1996.
PNC BANK 77
<PAGE> 40
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As the ESOP borrowing is repaid, shares are allocated to employees who made
contributions during the year based on the proportion of annual debt service to
total debt service. The Corporation includes all ESOP shares as common shares
outstanding in the earnings per share computation. Components of ESOP shares
are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of or for the year ended
December 31 - in thousands 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Shares
Unallocated 1,353 2,237
Allocated 3,772 3,413
Released for allocation 1,014 947
Retired (536) (458)
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total 5,603 6,139
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Compensation expense related to the portion of contributions matched with ESOP
shares is determined based on the number of ESOP shares allocated. Compensation
expense related to these plans was $9 million for 1998, $11 million for 1997 and
$9 million for 1996.
PENSION PLANS
The Corporation has a noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan covering
most employees. Retirement benefits are based on certain compensation levels,
age and length of service. Pension contributions are based on an actuarially
determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants.
The Corporation also maintains nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for
certain employees. All retirement benefits provided under these plans are
unfunded and any payments to plan participants are made by the Corporation.
Plan amendments encompassing covered compensation, determination of
benefits, eligibility and interest rates used to calculate certain distributions
from the plans were implemented during 1998. The Corporation also offered an
enhanced voluntary retirement program to certain employees in the defined
benefit plan meeting specific age and service requirements. These special
termination benefits increased pension cost by $10 million in 1998.
A reconciliation of the changes in benefit obligation and plan assets for
the defined benefit and supplemental plans is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In millions 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $812 $728
Service cost 28 29
Interest cost 58 58
Plan amendments (16)
Special termination benefits 10
Actuarial loss 82 57
Benefits paid (108) (60)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year $866 $812
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year $773 $713
Actual return on plan assets 88 117
Employer contribution 5 3
Benefits paid (108) (60)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fair value of plan assets at end of year $758 $773
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status $108 $39
Unrecognized net actuarial (loss) gain (51) 5
Unrecognized prior service cost 6 (11)
Unrecognized net transition asset 10 15
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized $73 $48
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued pension cost $73 $48
Additional minimum liability 15
Intangible asset (4)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (11)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized on the balance sheet $73 $48
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, the defined benefit plan's accumulated benefit obligation
of $765 million exceeded the fair value of plan assets of $758 million. The
nonqualified supplemental retirement plans had an accumulated benefit obligation
of $67 million and $48 million as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
Plan assets consist primarily of listed common stocks, U.S. government and
agency securities and collective funds. Plan assets are managed by BlackRock and
include no common stock of the Corporation.
The components of net periodic pension cost were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost $28 $29 $32
Interest cost 58 58 53
Expected return on plan assets (71) (66) (62)
Transition amount amortization (5) (5) (6)
Special termination benefits 10
Amortization of prior service cost 1 2 2
Recognized net actuarial loss 1 1 1
Curtailment gain (3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic pension cost $22 $19 $17
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
78 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 41
Weighted-average assumptions were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Discount rate 6.75% 7.20% 7.70%
Rate of compensation increase 4.50 4.50 4.75
Expected return on plan assets 9.50 9.50 9.50
- --------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
The Corporation also provides certain health care and life insurance benefits
for retired employees ("postretirement benefits") through various plans. During
1998, additional health care options were offered to certain of the
Corporation's retirees aged 65 years and over. A reconciliation of the accrued
postretirement benefit obligation is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
In millions 1998 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Benefit obligation at beginning of year $213 $211
Service cost 2 2
Interest cost 14 16
Plan amendments (31)
Actuarial loss (gain) 6 (1)
Participant contributions 3 3
Benefits paid (20) (18)
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Benefit obligation at end of year $187 $213
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status $187 $213
Unrecognized actuarial loss (17) (12)
Unrecognized prior service cost 75 49
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Net amount recognized on the balance sheet $245 $250
- -------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The components of postretirement benefit cost were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions 1998 1997 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost $2 $2 $3
Interest cost 14 16 14
Amortization of prior service cost (6) (4) (4)
Recognized net actuarial loss 1
Curtailment gain (1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Net postretirement benefit cost $10 $14 $13
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Weighted-average assumptions were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 1998 1997 1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Discount rate 6.75% 7.20% 7.70%
Expected health care cost
trend rate
Medical 5.45 6.50 7.00
Dental 5.25 6.20 6.60
- -------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The health care cost trend rate declines until it stabilizes at 4.25%
beginning in 2001. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost
trend rates would have the following effects:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31, 1998 - in millions INCREASE DECREASE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Effect on total of service and interest cost $1 $(1)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation 10 (12)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 17 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
The Corporation has a senior executive long-term incentive award plan
("Incentive Plan") that provides for the granting of incentive stock options,
nonqualified options, stock appreciation rights ("SAR"), performance units and
incentive shares. In any given year, the number of shares of common stock
available for grant under the Incentive Plan may range from 1.5% to 3% of total
issued shares of common stock determined at the end of the preceding calendar
year.
STOCK OPTIONS
Options are granted at exercise prices not less than the market value of common
stock on the date of grant and are mainly exercisable twelve months after the
grant date. Payment of the option price may be in cash or shares of common stock
at market value on the exercise date. The following table presents stock option
data related to the Incentive Plan, a similar predecessor plan and other plans
assumed in certain mergers.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PER OPTION
-------------------------------
WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE
Shares in thousands EXERCISE PRICE EXERCISE PRICE SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
January 1, 1996 $11.38-$29.88 $23.00 9,840
Granted 31.13-37.31 31.23 2,697
Exercised 11.38-29.25 21.05 (3,258)
SAR exercised 19.13 (7)
Terminated 21.75-31.13 27.75 (242)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1996 11.38-37.31 26.03 9,030
Granted 43.31-43.75 43.75 2,912
Exercised 11.38-31.13 24.10 (2,969)
SAR exercised 17.13 (4)
Terminated 21.75-43.75 41.32 (178)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1997 11.38-43.75 32.25 8,791
Granted 43.66-66.00 55.17 3,449
Exercised 11.38-43.75 31.26 (2,449)
Terminated 43.75-54.72 52.35 (225)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31, 1998 11.38-66.00 40.30 9,566
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of
outstanding options was 7 years and 4 months and options for 6,293,092 shares of
common stock were exercisable at a weighted-average price of $32.55 per share.
The grant-date fair value of options granted in 1998 was $8.74 per option.
During 1998, options for 118,000 shares of common stock were granted with an
exercise price in excess of the market value on the date of grant. Shares of
PNC BANK 79
<PAGE> 42
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
common stock available for the granting of options under the Incentive Plan and
the predecessor plans were 10,584,683 at December 31, 1998, 9,012,899 at
December 31, 1997, and 9,723,541 at December 31, 1996.
INCENTIVE SHARE AWARDS
In 1998 and 1997, 241,500 and 313,000 incentive shares of common stock,
respectively, were granted to certain senior executives pursuant to the
Incentive Plan. Issuance of such incentive shares is subject to the market price
of PNC Bank's common stock equaling or exceeding specified levels for defined
periods. The restricted period ends two years after the issue date. During the
restricted period, the recipient receives dividends and can vote the shares. If
the recipient leaves the Corporation within the restricted period, the shares
will be forfeited. During 1998, forfeitures totaled 8,000 shares. At December
31, 1998, the shares granted in 1998 had not met the specified levels required
for issuance. The requirements for the shares granted in 1997 were met on April
6, 1998. As a result of exceeding performance targets, 112.5% of the remaining
1997 shares, or 343,125 shares of restricted common stock were issued.
Compensation expense recognized for incentive share awards was $15 million, $6
million and $3 million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The Corporation's employee stock purchase plan ("ESPP") has approximately 3.9
million shares available for issuance. Persons who have been continuously
employed for at least one year are eligible to participate. Participants
purchase the Corporation's common stock at 85% of the lesser of fair market
value on the first or last day of each offering period. No charge to earnings is
recorded with respect to the ESPP. Shares issued pursuant to the ESPP were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 SHARES PRICE PER SHARE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C> <C> <C>
1998 315,097 $43.83 and $48.34
1997 367,494 33.15 and 35.49
1996 389,738 25.29 and 25.82
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth pro forma net income and diluted earnings per
share as if compensation expense was recognized for stock options and the ESPP.
PRO FORMA NET INCOME AND DILUTED EPS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 REPORTED PRO FORMA
- ---------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Net income (in millions)
1998 $1,115 $1,099
1997 1,052 1,035
1996 992 980
Diluted earnings per share
1998 $3.60 $3.54
1997 3.28 3.23
1996 2.88 2.84
- ---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
For purposes of computing pro forma results, PNC Bank estimated the fair value
of stock options and ESPP shares using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
Black-Scholes is predominantly used to value traded options which differ from
PNC Bank's options. The model requires the use of numerous assumptions, many of
which are highly subjective in nature. Therefore, the pro forma results are
estimates of results of operations as if compensation expense had been
recognized for all stock-based compensation plans and are not indicative of the
impact on future periods. The following assumptions were used in the option
pricing model for purposes of estimating pro forma results. The dividend yield
represents average yields over the previous three-year period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Risk-free interest rate 5.5% 6.2% 5.3%
Dividend yield 4.4 4.9 4.7
Volatility 19.9 27.6 32.1
Expected life 6 yrs. 6 yrs. 6 yrs.
- ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 18 INCOME TAXES
The components of income taxes were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current
Federal $368 $380 $297
State 57 53 48
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current 425 433 345
Deferred
Federal 167 126 172
State 3 7 18
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred 170 133 190
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $595 $566 $535
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for credit losses $269 $336
Compensation and benefits 163 134
Net unrealized securities losses 5 12
Other 75 28
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax assets 512 510
Deferred tax liabilities
Leasing 418 284
Depreciation 39 37
Other 130 112
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities 587 433
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax (liability) asset $(75) $77
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
80 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 43
A reconciliation between the statutory and effective tax rates follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory tax rate 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
Increases (decreases) resulting from
State taxes 2.3 2.4 2.8
Tax-exempt interest (1.0) (1.1) (1.7)
Goodwill .8 .8 .9
Other (2.3) (2.1) (2.0)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective tax rate 34.8% 35.0% 35.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 19 EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following table sets forth basic and diluted earnings per share
calculations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in thousands,except per share data 1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
CALCULATION OF BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Net income $1,115,178 $1,052,468 $992,226
Less: Preferred dividends declared 19,363 19,457 5,480
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income applicable to basic earnings per common share $1,095,815 $1,033,011 $986,746
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding 300,761 310,147 338,568
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic earnings per common share $3.64 $3.33 $2.91
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION OF DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Net income $1,115,178 $1,052,468 $992,226
Add: Interest expense on convertible debentures (net of tax) 880 3,006 3,416
Less: Dividends declared on nonconvertible preferred stock 18,150 18,150 4,084
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income applicable to diluted earnings per common share $1,097,908 $1,037,324 $991,558
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding 300,761 310,147 338,568
Weighted-average common shares to be issued using average market price and assuming:
Conversion of preferred stock Series A and B 148 163 173
Conversion of preferred stock Series C and D 1,145 1,237 1,321
Conversion of debentures 761 2,449 2,790
Exercise of stock options 1,846 1,914 1,610
Incentive share awards 486 311 114
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding 305,147 316,221 344,576
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted earnings per common share $3.60 $3.28 $2.88
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC BANK 81
<PAGE> 44
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 20 SEGMENT REPORTING
PNC Bank operates eight major businesses engaged in retail banking, asset
management and wholesale banking activities: PNC Regional Community Bank, PNC
National Consumer Bank, PNC Advisors, BlackRock, PFPC Worldwide, PNC Corporate
Bank, PNC Secured Finance and PNC Mortgage.
Business results presented are based on PNC Bank's management accounting
practices and the Corporation's current management structure.
The management accounting process uses various balance sheet and income
statement assignments and transfers to measure performance of the businesses.
Securities or borrowings and related net interest income are assigned based on
the net asset or liability position of each business. Capital is assigned based
on management's assessment of inherent risks and equity levels at independent
companies providing similar products and services. Support areas not directly
aligned with the businesses are allocated primarily based on utilization of
these services.
Total business financial results differ from consolidated financial results
primarily due to differences between management accounting practices and
generally accepted accounting principles, divested businesses, eliminations and
unassigned items, the impact of which is reflected in Other.
BUSINESS SEGMENT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
PNC Regional Community Bank offers a wide range of deposit and credit products
to consumers and small business owners through traditional branches, supermarket
sales offices, on-line banking, telephone banking, automated teller machines and
small business banking operations.
PNC National Consumer Bank's products include automobile, student, home
equity and residential mortgage loans, as well as deposit accounts and money
market mutual funds.
PNC Advisors offers personalized investment management, brokerage services,
personal trust, estate planning and traditional banking services for the
affluent; investment management services for the ultra-affluent and
institutional trust services.
BlackRock offers fixed income, domestic and international equity and
liquidity investment products.
PFPC Worldwide provides a wide range of accounting, administration,
transfer agency, custody, securities lending and integrated banking transaction
services to pension and money fund managers, mutual funds, partnerships,
brokerage firms, insurance companies and banks.
PNC Corporate Bank provides specialized credit, capital markets and
treasury management products and services to large and mid-sized businesses,
institutions and government agencies and includes the equity management business
which makes private equity investments.
PNC Secured Finance is engaged in commercial real estate finance, including
loan origination, securitization and servicing, asset-based financing and
equipment leasing.
PNC Mortgage activities primarily include origination and servicing of
residential mortgages. In addition, PNC Mortgage securitizes and sells
residential mortgages as private-label, mortgage-backed securities and performs
master servicing of those securities for investors.
82 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 45
RESULTS OF BUSINESS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PNC PNC
REGIONAL NATIONAL PNC PNC
Year ended December 31 - COMMUNITY CONSUMER PNC PFPC CORPORATE SECURED PNC TOTAL
in millions BANK BANK ADVISORS BLACKROCK WORLDWIDE BANK FINANCE MORTGAGE OTHER CONSOLIDATED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1998
INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income $1,299 $164 $125 $(3) $8 $429 $224 $139 $214 $2,599
Noninterest income 381 120 412 291 183 308 82 266 580 2,623
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 1,680 284 537 288 191 737 306 405 794 5,222
Provision for credit
losses 40 36 3 102 (15) 3 56 225
Noninterest expense 931 205 333 209 127 359 156 306 635 3,261
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 709 43 201 79 64 276 165 96 103 1,736
Income taxes 281 16 77 35 24 99 53 39 (3) 621
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $428 $27 $124 $44 $40 $177 $112 $57 $106 $1,115
====================================================================================================================================
Inter-segment revenue $4 $6 $(13) $11 $33 $(41)
====================================================================================================================================
Average assets $35,060 $7,131 $2,690 $272 $213 $15,557 $9,356 $12,127 $(7,780) $74,626
====================================================================================================================================
1997
INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income $1,318 $160 $115 $(7) $6 $404 $209 $111 $208 $2,524
Noninterest income 281 165 341 173 142 288 54 200 211 1,855
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 1,599 325 456 166 148 692 263 311 419 4,379
Provision for credit
losses 33 44 3 4 (37) 5 18 70
Noninterest expense 945 195 297 117 95 357 86 250 320 2,662
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 621 86 156 49 53 331 214 56 81 1,647
Income taxes 249 32 60 21 20 118 74 22 (1) 595
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $372 $54 $96 $28 $33 $213 $140 $34 $82 $1,052
====================================================================================================================================
Inter-segment revenue $1 $2 $(2) $3 $(12) $10 $34 $(36)
====================================================================================================================================
Average assets $35,134 $7,351 $2,537 $256 $152 $14,754 $6,635 $10,240 $(6,415) $70,644
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REGIONAL NATIONAL MUTUAL
Year ended December 31 - COMMUNITY CONSUMER PRIVATE ASSET FUND CORPORATE SECURED MORTGAGE TOTAL
in millions BANKING BANKING BANKING MANAGEMENT SERVICING BANKING LENDING BANKING OTHER CONSOLIDATED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1996
INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income $1,387 $261 $97 $(1) $9 $444 $181 $119 $(18) $2,479
Noninterest income 280 119 255 203 121 229 29 221 (62) 1,395
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total revenue 1,667 380 352 202 130 673 210 340 (80) 3,874
Provision for credit
losses 21 92 1 (17) 5 (102)
Noninterest expense 960 201 237 154 80 339 62 289 (10) 2,312
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pretax earnings 686 87 114 48 50 351 148 46 32 1,562
Income taxes 261 33 43 18 19 133 53 17 (7) 570
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings $425 $54 $71 $30 $31 $218 $95 $29 $39 $992
====================================================================================================================================
Inter-segment revenue $1 $3 $(3) $3 $26 $(30)
====================================================================================================================================
Average assets $35,839 $8,219 $2,396 $452 $164 $15,298 $5,864 $9,289 $(6,714) $70,807
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
The results of the credit card business, which is being divested, and the
corporate trust and escrow business, which was sold in 1998 as well as the
benefit from the sale of an 18% equity interest to BlackRock management in 1998
are included in Other in 1998 and 1997. The remainder of Other represents the
impact of asset and liability management, eliminations, reclassifications and
unassigned items.
PNC Bank's credit card business was previously a significant component of
PNC National Consumer Bank. In the first quarter of 1999, upon the anticipated
completion of the credit card divestiture, PNC National Consumer Bank will be
combined with PNC Regional Community Bank.
The amounts presented for 1996 represent a previous organization structure
and are not comparable with 1998 and 1997 results. The restatement of 1996
business results is not practicable due to limitations in the management
accounting system and process.
PNC BANK 83
<PAGE> 46
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 21 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Effective January 1, 1998, the Corporation adopted SFAS No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income." SFAS No. 130 established new rules for the reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components. SFAS No. 130 requires
unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale and minimum pension
liability adjustments to be included in other comprehensive income. Prior to the
adoption of SFAS No. 130, unrealized gains or losses were reported separately in
shareholders' equity. Prior year financial statements have been reclassified to
conform to the requirements of SFAS No. 130. The income tax effects allocated to
each component of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BEFORE-TAX TAX BENEFIT NET-OF-TAX
December 31 - in millions AMOUNT (EXPENSE) AMOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1998
Unrealized securities losses $(42) $15 $(27)
Less: Reclassification adjustment
for losses realized in net income (22) 8 (14)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net unrealized securities losses (20) 7 (13)
Minimum pension liability adjustment (11) 4 (7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other comprehensive loss $(31) $11 $(20)
======================================================================================
1997
Net unrealized securities gains $68 $(24) $44
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other comprehensive income $68 $(24) $44
======================================================================================
1996
Net unrealized securities losses $(124) $31 $(93)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other comprehensive loss $(124) $31 $(93)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The accumulated balances related to each component of other comprehensive loss
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Net unrealized securities losses $(36) $(23)
Minimum pension liability adjustment (7)
- ----------------------------------------------------------
Accumulated other comprehensive loss $(43) $(23)
- ----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 22 LITIGATION
The Corporation and persons to whom the Corporation may have indemnification
obligations, in the normal course of business, are subject to various pending
and threatened lawsuits in which claims for monetary damages are asserted.
Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not at the present time
anticipate the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such
lawsuits will have a material adverse effect on the Corporation's financial
position. At the present time, management is not in a position to determine
whether any such pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse
effect on the Corporation's results of operations in any future reporting
period.
NOTE 23 OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Summarized financial information of the parent company is as follows:
PARENT COMPANY ONLY
BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks $1 $1
Interest-earning deposits with subsidiary bank 9 8
Securities available for sale 27 68
Investments in:
Bank subsidiaries 6,737 6,192
Nonbank subsidiaries 740 386
Other assets 164 133
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $7,678 $6,788
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES
Borrowed funds $300 $355
Nonbank affiliate borrowings 1,006 738
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 329 311
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities 1,635 1,404
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 6,043 5,384
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $7,678 $6,788
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Borrowed funds have scheduled repayments of $200 million in 1999 and $100
million in 2001.
Commercial paper and all other debt issued by PNC Funding Corp., a
wholly-owned subsidiary, is guaranteed by the parent company. In addition, in
connection with certain affiliates' mortgage servicing operations, the parent
company has committed to maintain such affiliates' net worth above minimum
requirements.
84 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 47
PARENT COMPANY ONLY
STATEMENT OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING REVENUE
Dividends from:
Bank subsidiaries $774 $852 $924
Nonbank subsidiaries 21 9 32
Interest income 5 14 7
Noninterest income 1 2 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating revenue 801 877 964
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING EXPENSE
Interest expense 92 76 56
Other expense 7 11 38
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating expense 99 87 94
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income tax benefits
and equity in undistributed
net income of subsidiaries 702 790 870
Income tax benefits (35) (32) (30)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before equity in undistributed
net income of subsidiaries 737 822 900
Net equity in undistributed net
income (excess dividends):
Bank subsidiaries 312 144 63
Nonbank subsidiaries 66 86 29
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income $1,115 $1,052 $992
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PARENT COMPANY ONLY
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $1,115 $1,052 $992
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed net earnings
of subsidiaries (378) (230) (92)
Other 14 19 (6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 751 841 894
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net change in interest-earning
deposits with subsidiary bank 1 (1)
Net capital (contributed to)
returned from subsidiaries (261) 57 657
Securities available for sale
Sales 1,170 3,321 1,296
Purchases (1,129) (2,787) (1,850)
Cash paid in acquisitions (83)
Other (17) (8)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash (used) provided by
investing activities (320) 584 102
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings from nonbank subsidiary 297 656
Repayments on borrowings from nonbank
subsidiary (14) (222) (353)
Acquisition of treasury stock (342) (1,532) (569)
Cash dividends paid to shareholders (495) (488) (488)
Issuance of stock 123 155 416
Other 3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used by financing activities (431) (1,428) (994)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Decrease) increase in cash and due from banks (3) 2
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year 1 4 2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and due from banks at end of year $1 $1 $4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
During 1998, 1997 and 1996, the parent company received net income tax refunds
of $42 million, $35 million and $39 million, respectively. Such refunds
represent the parent company's portion of consolidated income taxes. During
1998, 1997 and 1996, the parent company paid interest of $95 million, $65
million and $60 million, respectively.
PNC BANK 85
<PAGE> 48
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
In connection with the 1995 Midlantic merger, borrowed funds of Midlantic in the
aggregate principal amount of $300 million at December 31, 1998, were jointly
and severally assumed by the parent company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, PNC
Bancorp, Inc.
Summarized financial information for PNC Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries is
as follows:
PNC BANCORP, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31 - in millions 1998 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks $2,527 $4,302
Securities 6,868 8,276
Loans, net of unearned income 57,282 54,126
Allowance for credit losses (753) (971)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loans 56,529 53,155
Other assets 9,261 8,144
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $75,185 $73,877
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES
Deposits $47,578 $47,766
Borrowed funds 19,402 18,437
Other liabilities 1,130 1,145
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities 68,110 67,348
Mandatorily redeemable capital securities of subsidiary trust 350 350
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 6,725 6,179
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities, capital securities and shareholders' equity $75,185 $73,877
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC BANCORP, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31 - in millions 1998 1997 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest income $5,261 $5,005 $4,903
Interest expense 2,638 2,466 2,404
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income 2,623 2,539 2,499
Provision for credit losses 225 70
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income less
provision for credit losses 2,398 2,469 2,499
Noninterest income 2,405 1,596 1,249
Noninterest expense 3,127 2,520 2,230
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes 1,676 1,545 1,518
Income taxes 597 556 539
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income $1,079 $989 $979
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 24 UNUSED LINE OF CREDIT
At December 31, 1998, the Corporation maintained a line of credit in the amount
of $500 million, none of which was drawn. This line is available for general
corporate purposes and expires in 2002.
NOTE 25 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
-------------------- ---------------------
CARRYING FAIR CARRYING FAIR
December 31 - in millions AMOUNT VALUE AMOUNT VALUE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and short-term assets $3,946 $3,946 $6,346 $6,346
Securities available for sale 7,074 7,074 8,522 8,522
Loans held for sale 3,226 3,226 2,324 2,324
Net loans (excludes leases) 54,442 56,535 51,409 52,983
Mortgage servicing rights 885 982 377 389
LIABILITIES
Demand deposits 29,359 29,359 27,478 27,478
Time deposits 18,137 18,291 20,171 20,236
Borrowed funds 21,094 21,362 19,913 20,061
OFF-BALANCE-SHEET
Commitments to extend credit (17) (17) (14) (14)
Letters of credit (15) (15) (9) (9)
Financial derivatives used for
Interest rate risk management 76 164 59 105
Mortgage banking activities 51 64 26 22
Credit-related activities (1) (2)
Other derivatives (13) (13) 1 1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Real and personal property, lease financings, loan customer relationships,
deposit customer intangibles, retail branch networks, fee-based businesses, such
as asset management, mortgage banking and brokerage, trademarks and brand names
are excluded from the amounts set forth above. Accordingly, the aggregate fair
value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the
Corporation.
Fair value is defined as the estimated amount at which a financial
instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties,
or other than in a forced or liquidation sale. However, it is not management's
intention to immediately dispose of a significant portion of such financial
instruments, and unrealized gains or losses should not be interpreted as a
forecast of future earnings and cash flows. The derived fair values are
subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and significant judgment and,
therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could
significantly impact the derived fair value estimates.
86 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 49
The following methods and assumptions were used in estimating fair value
amounts for financial instruments.
GENERAL
For short-term financial instruments realizable in three months or less, the
carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheet approximates fair
value. Unless otherwise stated, the rates used in discounted cash flow analyses
are based on market yield curves.
CASH AND SHORT-TERM ASSETS
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheet for cash and
short-term investments approximate those assets' fair values primarily due to
their short-term nature. For purposes of this disclosure only, short-term assets
include due from banks, interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold
and resale agreements, trading securities, customer's acceptance liability and
accrued interest receivable.
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The fair value of securities available for sale is based on quoted market
prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value
is estimated using the quoted market prices of comparable instruments.
NET LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash
flows incorporating assumptions about prepayment rates, credit losses and
servicing fees and costs. For credit cards and revolving home equity loans, this
fair value does not include any amount for new loans or the related fees that
will be generated from the existing customer relationships. In the case of
nonaccrual loans, scheduled cash flows exclude interest payments. The carrying
value of loans held for sale approximates fair value.
MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS
The fair value of mortgage servicing rights is estimated based on the present
value of future cash flows.
DEPOSITS
The carrying amounts of noninterest-bearing demand and interest-bearing money
market and savings deposits approximate fair values. For time deposits, fair
values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows
taking into account current interest rates.
BORROWED FUNDS
The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, commercial paper, acceptances
outstanding and accrued interest payable are considered fair value because of
their short-term nature. For all other borrowed funds, fair values are estimated
based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows taking into account
current interest rates.
UNFUNDED LOAN COMMITMENTS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT
Fair values for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are estimated
based on the amount of deferred fees and the creditworthiness of the
counterparties.
FINANCIAL AND OTHER DERIVATIVES
The fair value of interest rate swaps is estimated based on the discounted value
of the expected net cash flows. The fair value of other derivative instruments
is based on dealer quotes. These fair values represent the estimated amounts the
Corporation would receive or pay to terminate the contracts, taking into account
current interest rates.
NOTE 26 SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
The Corporation owns approximately 20% of Electronic Payment Services, Inc.
("EPS"), a privately-held company specializing in account access services. On
March 1, 1999, Concord EFS, Inc. and EPS merged resulting in a substantial gain
for the Corporation.
PNC BANK 87
<PAGE> 50
STATISTICAL INFORMATION
SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
Quarter - dollars in millions, ------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------
except per share data FOURTH THIRD SECOND FIRST FOURTH THIRD SECOND FIRST
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Interest income $1,354 $1,354 $1,314 $1,291 $1,281 $1,271 $1,257 $1,242
Interest expense 695 708 683 654 649 651 644 612
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income 659 646 631 637 632 620 613 630
Provision for credit losses 115 45 35 30 25 20 15 10
Noninterest income before net
securities gains (losses) 754 625 608 516 497 461 431 417
Net securities gains (losses) 43 51 3 23 22 (2) 13 16
Noninterest expense 896 843 781 741 716 652 650 644
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes 445 434 426 405 410 407 392 409
Income taxes 160 153 146 136 145 145 133 143
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income $285 $281 $280 $269 $265 $262 $259 $266
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PER COMMON SHARE DATA
Book value $18.86 $18.21 $17.64 $17.20 $16.87 $16.92 $16.51 $16.45
Earnings
Basic .93 .92 .92 .88 .86 .84 .82 .81
Diluted .92 .91 .90 .87 .85 .83 .81 .80
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET
Total assets $77,377 $75,290 $73,632 $72,141 $70,869 $70,581 $70,821 $70,301
Securities available for sale 7,323 7,073 7,323 7,784 7,769 8,216 9,055 10,089
Loans, net of unearned income 57,366 55,938 55,348 54,083 53,663 53,202 52,813 51,922
Deposits 46,250 44,522 44,169 44,630 44,580 44,606 44,814 44,133
Borrowed funds 22,723 22,642 21,844 19,989 18,624 18,484 18,675 18,594
Shareholders' equity 5,800 5,646 5,476 5,398 5,414 5,381 5,360 5,758
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
88 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 51
ANALYSIS OF YEAR-TO-YEAR CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998/1997 1997/1996
------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN INCOME/EXPENSE INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN INCOME/EXPENSE
DUE TO CHANGES IN: DUE TO CHANGES IN:
------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
Taxable-equivalent basis - in millions VOLUME RATE TOTAL VOLUME RATE TOTAL
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
Loans held for sale $135 $(6) $129 $23 $3 $26
Securities available for sale
U.S. Treasury, government agencies
and corporations (67) (25) (92) (247) (24) (271)
Other debt (12) (5) (17) (41) (4) (45)
Other (2) (5) (7) (2) (3) (5)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total securities available for sale (83) (33) (116) (297) (24) (321)
Loans, net of unearned income
Consumer (excluding credit card) (19) 1 (18) (76) 6 (70)
Credit card 40 39 79 309 (13) 296
Residential mortgage (44) (27) (71) 78 78
Commercial 296 4 300 101 5 106
Commercial real estate (68) (14) (82) (10) (4) (14)
Other 25 2 27 5 6 11
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total loans, net of unearned income 230 5 235 312 95 407
Other 5 6 11 (3) (2) (5)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-earning assets $265 $(6) $259 $(54) $161 $107
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
Interest-bearing deposits
Demand and money market $40 $8 $48 $23 $36 $59
Savings (5) (1) (6) (11) (1) (12)
Other time (12) (7) (19) (47) 14 (33)
Deposits in foreign offices (9) (9) 14 1 15
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing deposits 31 (17) 14 (14) 43 29
Borrowed funds
Federal funds purchased (17) (2) (19) (18) 5 (13)
Repurchase agreements 38 (6) 32 (66) (1) (67)
Bank notes and senior debt 86 (4) 82 56 13 69
Other borrowed funds 56 (2) 54 40 (7) 33
Subordinated debt 22 (1) 21 12 (1) 11
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total borrowed funds 187 (17) 170 16 17 33
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing liabilities $189 $(5) $184 $(3) $65 $62
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in net interest income $134 $(59) $75 $(27) $72 $45
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Changes attributable to rate/volume are prorated into rate and volume
components.
PCN BANK 89
<PAGE> 52
STATISTICAL INFORMATION
AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
Year ended December 31 - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Taxable-equivalent basis AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE
Dollars in millions BALANCES INTEREST YIELDS/RATES BALANCES INTEREST YIELDS/RATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets
Loans held for sale $3,371 $233 6.91% $1,417 $104 7.31%
Securities available for sale
U.S. Treasury, government agencies
and corporations 4,910 272 5.54 6,101 364 5.97
Other debt 1,913 122 6.38 2,094 139 6.62
Other 551 36 6.53 579 43 7.45
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
Total securities available for sale 7,374 430 5.83 8,774 546 6.22
Loans, net of unearned income
Consumer (excluding credit card) 11,073 940 8.49 11,291 958 8.48
Credit card 3,849 538 13.98 3,558 459 12.92
Residential mortgage 12,496 905 7.24 13,105 976 7.45
Commercial 22,773 1,794 7.88 19,014 1,494 7.86
Commercial real estate 3,279 277 8.45 4,068 359 8.82
Other 2,223 157 7.06 1,871 130 6.94
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
Total loans, net of unearned income 55,693 4,611 8.28 52,907 4,376 8.27
Other 1,001 65 6.49 919 54 5.88
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
Total interest-earning assets/interest
income 67,439 5,339 7.92 64,017 5,080 7.93
Noninterest-earning assets
Allowance for credit losses (863) (1,077)
Cash and due from banks 2,227 2,920
Other assets 5,823 4,784
- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------
Total assets $74,626 $70,644
- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------
LIABILITIES, CAPITAL SECURITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Interest-bearing liabilities
Interest-bearing deposits
Demand and money market $14,820 439 2.96 $13,477 391 2.90
Savings 2,620 51 1.95 2,852 57 1.97
Other time 17,206 929 5.40 17,441 948 5.44
Deposits in foreign offices 935 52 5.56 1,094 61 5.58
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
Total interest-bearing deposits 35,581 1,471 4.13 34,864 1,457 4.18
Borrowed funds
Federal funds purchased 2,526 139 5.50 2,834 158 5.57
Repurchase agreements 1,592 75 4.71 812 43 5.36
Bank notes and senior debt 10,657 605 5.68 9,130 523 5.72
Other borrowed funds 5,235 310 5.92 4,304 256 5.96
Subordinated debt 1,799 140 7.78 1,514 119 7.87
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
Total borrowed funds 21,809 1,269 5.82 18,594 1,099 5.91
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
Total interest-bearing liabilities/
interest expense 57,390 2,740 4.77 53,458 2,556 4.78
Noninterest-bearing liabilities and
shareholders' equity
Demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits 9,315 9,670
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 1,578 1,501
Mandatorily redeemable capital securities
of subsidiary trusts 762 537
Shareholders' equity 5,581 5,478
- ----------------------------------------------------------- -------
Total liabilities, capital securities and
shareholders' equity $74,626 $70,644
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate spread 3.15 3.15
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources .70 .79
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net interest income/margin $2,599 3.85% $2,524 3.94%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of- unearned income. The impact of
financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the
interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and
liabilities. Average balances of securities available for sale are based on
amortized historical cost (excluding SFAS No. 115 adjustments to fair value).
90 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 53
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 1995 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Average Average Average Average Average
Balances Interest Yields/Rates Balances Interest Yields/Rates Balances Interest Yields/Rates
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$1,095 $78 7.09% $725 $54 7.50% $749 $52 6.84%
10,225 635 6.21 17,706 982 5.55 20,915 1,200 5.74
2,719 184 6.78 3,757 259 6.90 2,742 163 5.94
606 48 7.91 677 58 8.46 698 58 8.30
- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------
13,550 867 6.40 22,140 1,299 5.87 24,355 1,421 5.83
12,192 1,028 8.43 11,142 958 8.60 10,472 833 7.95
1,165 163 13.94 871 120 13.76 720 97 13.50
12,049 898 7.45 10,812 808 7.47 8,806 603 6.85
17,727 1,388 7.83 16,562 1,347 8.13 15,926 1,183 7.43
4,186 373 8.92 4,304 410 9.54 4,430 373 8.41
1,797 119 6.63 1,933 130 6.70 2,245 124 5.52
- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------
49,116 3,969 8.08 45,624 3,773 8.27 42,599 3,213 7.54
964 59 6.12 1,046 70 6.64 1,724 76 4.42
- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------
64,725 4,973 7.68 69,535 5,196 7.47 69,427 4,762 6.86
(1,197) (1,319) (1,391)
3,163 3,044 2,951
4,116 3,871 3,375
- ---------- ------- -------
$70,807 $75,131 $74,362
- ---------- ------- -------
$12,619 332 2.63 $12,254 357 2.91 $13,481 281 2.08
3,445 69 2.02 3,732 90 2.40 4,081 71 1.75
18,307 981 5.36 17,758 984 5.54 16,353 757 4.63
846 46 5.44 1,974 121 6.13 1,083 51 4.69
- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------
35,217 1,428 4.06 35,718 1,552 4.34 34,998 1,160 3.31
3,157 171 5.41 5,200 315 6.06 3,573 162 4.53
2,030 110 5.41 6,514 398 6.11 5,576 228 4.09
8,139 454 5.57 6,326 384 6.07 8,513 376 4.42
3,630 223 6.14 4,138 282 6.81 5,021 231 4.59
1,358 108 7.98 998 76 7.64 939 75 8.02
- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------
18,314 1,066 5.82 23,176 1,455 6.28 23,622 1,072 4.54
- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------
53,531 2,494 4.66 58,894 3,007 5.10 58,620 2,232 3.81
9,900 9,112 8,939
1,529 1,341 1,272
19
5,828 5,784 5,531
- ---------- ------- -------
$70,807 $75,131 $74,362
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.02 2.37 3.05
.81 .78 .59
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$2,479 3.83% $2,189 3.15% $2,530 3.64%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC BANK 91
<PAGE> 54
STATISTICAL INFORMATION
LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY
December 31, 1998 - 1 YEAR 1 THROUGH AFTER 5 GROSS
in millions OR LESS 5 YEARS YEARS LOANS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial $9,750 $11,949 $3,483 $25,182
Real estate project 1,169 723 159 2,051
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $10,919 $12,672 $3,642 $27,233
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans with
Predetermined rate $634 $1,671 $860 $3,165
Floating rate 10,285 11,001 2,782 24,068
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $10,919 $12,672 $3,642 $27,233
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
At December 31, 1998, $8.0 billion of interest rate swaps, caps and floors
designated to commercial and commercial real estate loans altered the interest
rate characteristics of such loans, the impact of which is not reflected in the
previous table.
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The allowance for credit losses is based on periodic evaluations of the credit
portfolio by management. These evaluations consider, among other factors,
historic losses within specific industries, current economic conditions, loan
portfolio trends, specific credit reviews and estimates based on subjective
factors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Allowance at beginning of year $972 $1,166 $1,259 $1,352 $1,372
Charge-offs
Consumer (excluding credit card) 83 104 100 76 72
Credit card 297 208 66 31 20
Residential mortgage 7 9 9 10 16
Commercial 122 48 52 84 116
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgage 6 8 10 23 15
Real estate project 2 4 8 14 37
Other 7 4 2 2 1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total charge-offs 524 385 247 240 277
Recoveries
Consumer (excluding credit card) 34 36 34 33 34
Credit card 17 25 7 6 6
Residential mortgage 1 1 2 2 1
Commercial 20 38 28 49 59
Commercial real estate
Commercial mortgage 2 10 6 9 5
Real estate project 1 2 4 6 10
Other 2 1 2 2 1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total recoveries 77 113 83 107 116
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net charge-offs 447 272 164 133 161
Net charge-offs on bulk loan sales and assets held for
accelerated disposition (8)
Provision for credit losses 225 70 6 84
Acquisitions/divestitures 3 8 71 34 65
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance at end of year $753 $972 $1,166 $1,259 $1,352
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allowance as a percent of period-end
Loans 1.31% 1.79% 2.25% 2.59% 3.07%
Nonperforming loans 255.25 351.79 334.40 351.68 239.29
As a percent of average loans
Net charge-offs .80 .51 .33 .29 .40
Provision for credit losses .40 .13 .01 .20
Allowance for credit losses 1.35 1.84 2.37 2.76 3.17
Allowance as a multiple of net charge-offs 1.68x 3.57x 7.11x 9.47x 8.00x
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
92 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 55
The following table presents the allocation of allowance for credit losses and
the categories of loans as a percent of total loans. For purposes of this
presentation, the unallocated portion of the allowance for credit losses has
been assigned to loan categories based on the relative specific and pool
allocation amounts. At December 31, 1998, an assignment of unallocated allowance
was not made to credit cards as a result of the pending sale of this business.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 31 - LOANS TO LOANS TO LOANS TO LOANS TO LOANS TO
dollars in millions ALLOWANCE TOTAL LOANS ALLOWANCE TOTAL LOANS ALLOWANCE TOTAL LOANS ALLOWANCE TOTAL LOANS ALLOWANCE TOTAL LOANS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer (excluding
credit card) $74 19.0% $107 20.7% $139 23.3% $158 25.8% $157 25.0%
Credit card 136 5.1 258 7.0 141 5.4 45 2.1 27 1.9
Residential mortgage 8 21.3 42 23.6 80 24.5 112 24.0 116 22.1
Commercial 446 43.7 406 36.9 606 35.9 585 34.5 603 35.3
Commercial real estate 59 6.0 141 7.3 173 7.9 332 10.1 419 11.5
Other 30 4.9 18 4.5 27 3.0 27 3.5 30 4.2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $753 100.0% $972 100.0% $1,166 100.0% $1,259 100.0% $1,352 100.0%
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE
Time deposits in foreign offices totaled $363 million, substantially all of
which are in denominations of $100,000 or more. The following table sets forth
remaining maturities of domestic time deposits of $100,000 or more.
CERTIFICATES OTHER TIME
December 31, 1998 - in millions OF DEPOSIT DEPOSITS TOTAL
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Three months or less $2,331 $4 $2,335
Over three through six months 808 808
Over six through twelve months 1,488 29 1,517
Over twelve months 970 970
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $5,597 $33 $5,630
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Over 50% of bank notes mature in 1999. Federal funds purchased include overnight
borrowings and term federal funds, which are payable on demand. Repurchase
agreements generally have maturities of 18 months or less. Other short-term
borrowings consist primarily of U.S. Treasury, tax and loan borrowings which are
payable on demand and commercial paper which is issued in maturities not to
exceed nine months. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, $3.4 billion and $997
million, respectively, notional value of interest rate swaps were designated to
borrowed funds. The effect of these swaps is included in the rates set forth in
the table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
1998 1997 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dollars in millions Amount Rate Amount Rate Amount Rate
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Federal funds purchased
Year-end balance $390 5.17% $3,632 6.30% $3,933 6.00%
Average during year 2,526 5.50 2,834 5.57 3,157 5.41
Maximum month-end balance during year 3,139 4,459 4,837
Repurchase agreements
Year-end balance 1,669 3.47 714 6.03 645 5.54
Average during year 1,592 4.71 812 5.36 2,030 5.41
Maximum month-end balance during year 2,015 946 3,363
Bank notes
Year-end balance 8,924 5.29 9,656 5.75 7,905 5.46
Average during year 9,485 5.63 8,959 5.68 7,947 5.52
Maximum month-end balance during year 10,698 10,391 9,041
Other
Year-end balance 513 4.16 946 5.81 3,282 5.19
Average during year 1,047 5.84 1,671 5.65 1,466 5.21
Maximum month-end balance during year 2,069 2,574 3,395
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
PNC BANK 93
<PAGE> 56
CORPORATE INFORMATION
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
PNC Bank Corp.
One PNC Plaza
249 Fifth Avenue
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707
STOCK LISTING
PNC Bank Corp. common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE")
under the symbol PNC. At the close of business on February 1, 1999, there were
64,045 common shareholders of record.
INTERNET INFORMATION
Information on PNC Bank Corp.'s financial results and its products and services
is available on the Internet at www.pncbank.com.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Annual Report on Form 10-K is filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission ("SEC"). Copies of this document and other filings, including
Exhibits thereto, may be obtained electronically at the SEC's home page at
www.sec.gov. Copies also may be obtained by writing to Lynn F. Evans, Director
of Financial Reporting, at corporate headquarters, or by calling (412) 762-1553
or via e-mail to [email protected].
INQUIRIES
For financial services call 1-800-4-BANKER. Individual shareholders should
contact Shareholder Relations at (800) 843-2206 or the PNC Bank Hotline at (800)
982-7652.
Analysts and institutional investors should contact William H. Callihan,
Vice President, Investor Relations, at (412) 762-8257 or via e-mail at
[email protected].
News media representatives and others seeking general information should
contact Jonathan Williams, Vice President, Media Relations, at (412) 762-4550 or
via e-mail at [email protected].
TRUST PROXY VOTING
Reports of 1998 nonroutine proxy voting by the trust divisions of PNC Bank Corp.
are available by writing to Thomas R. Moore, Vice President and Corporate
Secretary, at corporate headquarters.
ANNUAL SHAREHOLDERS MEETING
All shareholders are invited to attend the PNC Bank Corp. annual meeting on
Tuesday, April 27, 1999, at 11 a.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the 15th floor of
One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
COMMON STOCK PRICES/DIVIDENDS DECLARED
The table below sets forth by quarter the range of high and low sale and
quarter-end closing prices for PNC Bank Corp. common stock and the cash
dividends declared per common share.
CASH
DIVIDENDS
1998 Quarter HIGH LOW CLOSE DECLARED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
First $61.625 $49.500 $59.938 $.39
Second 66.750 53.813 53.875 .39
Third 60.000 41.625 45.000 .39
Fourth 54.625 38.750 54.000 .41
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $1.58
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH
DIVIDENDS
1997 Quarter HIGH LOW CLOSE DECLARED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
First $45.000 $36.500 $40.000 $.37
Second 44.750 37.375 41.750 .37
Third 49.750 41.125 48.813 .37
Fourth 58.750 42.875 56.938 .39
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $1.50
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
DIVIDEND POLICY
Holders of PNC Bank Corp. common stock are entitled to receive dividends when
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The Board
presently intends to continue the policy of paying quarterly cash dividends.
However, future dividends will depend on earnings, the financial condition of
PNC Bank Corp. and other factors including applicable government regulations and
policies and contractual restrictions.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The PNC Bank Corp. dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan enables
holders of common and preferred stock to purchase additional shares of common
stock conveniently and without paying brokerage commissions or service charges.
A prospectus and enrollment card may be obtained by writing to Shareholder
Relations at corporate headquarters.
REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT
The Chase Manhattan Bank
P.O. Box 590
Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660
800-982-7652
94 PNC BANK
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 21
PNC BANK CORP.
SCHEDULE OF CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES
(AS OF FEBRUARY 28, 1999)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF
NAME (1) INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
PNC Bancorp, Inc. Delaware
PNC Bank, Delaware (2) Delaware
PNC Bank, FSB (2) United States
PNC Bank, National Association (2) United States
PNC Bank, New England (2) Massachusetts
PNC Holding Corp. Delaware
Alpine Indemnity Limited Grand Cayman, B.W.I.
PFPC Worldwide Inc. (2) Delaware
PNC Alliance, Inc. Delaware
PNC Capital Corp. Delaware
PNC Capital Markets, Inc. Pennsylvania
PNC Capital Recovery Corp. Pennsylvania
PNC Commercial Corp Florida
PNC Equities Corp. Delaware
PNC Equity Management Corp (2) Pennsylvania
PNC Equity Securities Corp. Delaware
PNC ESOP Funding Corporation Delaware
PNC Funding Corp Pennsylvania
PNC GPI, Inc. Delaware
PNC Insurance Corp. Arizona
PNC Investment Corp. (2) Delaware
PNC Management Services Corp Delaware
PNC Network Holdings Corp. (2) Delaware
PNC Realty Company, Ohio Ohio
PNC Realty Holding Corp (2) Pennsylvania
PNC Venture Corp Delaware
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc. (3) Kentucky
</TABLE>
(1) All active first tier subsidiaries of the Corporation's two primary
subsidiary holding companies, PNC Bancorp, Inc. and PNC Holding Corp.,
have been listed. Not all of such subsidiaries are "significant
subsidiaries" within the meaning of Rule 1-02(v) of Regulation S-X.
(2) The names of the subsidiaries of the indicated entities are omitted
because such subsidiaries, considered in the aggregate as a single
subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary.
(3) The names of the related companies and subsidiaries of this company are
omitted because such companies, considered in the aggregate as a single
subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the incorporation by reference, in the Registration Statements
listed below, of our report dated January 22, 1999, with respect to the
consolidated financial statements of PNC Bank Corp. and subsidiaries
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of PNC Bank Corp.
for the year ended December 31, 1998.
Form S-8 relating to the Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (No.
333-19003)
Form S-8 relating to the PNC Bank Corp. Supplemental Incentive Savings Plan and
PNC Bank Corp. and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan (No. 333-18069)
Form S-8 relating to the PNC Retirement Savings Plan (No. 333-03901)
Form S-8 relating to the PNC Bank Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (No.
33-62311)
Form S-8 relating to the Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan of PNC
Bank Corp. (No. 33-61083)
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-8 relating to the PNC Bank Corp. 1997
Long-Term Incentive Award Plan (No. 33-54960)
Form S-8 relating to the 1987 Senior Executive Long-Term Award Plan of PNC Bank
Corp. (now known as the PNC Bank Corp. 1992 Long-Term Incentive Award Plan) (No.
33-28828)
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-8 relating to the PNC Bank Corp.
Incentive Savings Plan (No. 33-25140)
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 relating to the Stock Option Plan of
PNC Bank Corp. (No. 2-92181)
Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 on Form S-8 relating to the PNC Bank Corp.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (No. 2-83510)
Form S-8 relating to PNC Bank Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (No. 333-25867)
Form S-3 relating to the shelf registration of $1.3 billion of debt securities
of PNC Funding Corp., unconditionally guaranteed by PNC Bank Corp., and/or
common stock and/or preferred stock of PNC Bank Corp. (No. 333-34709 and No.
333-34709-01)
Form S-3 relating to the shelf registration of $600 million of capital
securities of PNC Capital Trust C, PNC Capital Trust D, PNC Capital Trust E and
PNC Capital Trust F, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent described
therein, by PNC Bank Corp. (No. 333-50651, 333-50651-01, 333-50651-02,
333-50651-03, and 333-50651-04)
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 24, 1999
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
PNC BANK CORP.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned Directors and/or
Officers of PNC Bank Corp. (the "Corporation"), a Pennsylvania corporation,
hereby names, constitutes and appoints Walter E. Gregg, Jr., Thomas R. Moore and
Kathleen Clover, or each of them, with full power of substitution, such person's
true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to execute in such person's name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities, the Corporation's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
And such persons hereby ratify and confirm all that any said attorney or
attorney-in-fact, or any substitute, shall lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.
Witness the due execution hereof by the following persons in the capacities
indicated as of this 18th day of February, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name/Signature Capacity
--------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
/s/ Thomas H. O'Brien Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
--------------------------------------- and Director
Thomas H. O'Brien
/s/ Paul W. Chellgren Director
---------------------------------------
Paul W. Chellgren
/s/ Robert N. Clay Director
---------------------------------------
Robert N. Clay
/s/ George A. Davidson, Jr. Director
---------------------------------------
George A. Davidson, Jr.
/s/ David F. Girard-diCarlo Director
---------------------------------------
David F. Girard-diCarlo
/s/ Walter E. Gregg, Jr. Senior Executive Vice President, Finance and
--------------------------------------- Administration and Director
Walter E. Gregg, Jr.
/s/ William R. Johnson Director
---------------------------------------
William R. Johnson
/s/ Bruce C. Lindsay Director
---------------------------------------
Bruce C. Lindsay
/s/ W. Craig McClelland Director
---------------------------------------
W. Craig McClelland
/s/ Jane G. Pepper Director
---------------------------------------
Jane G. Pepper
/s/ Jackson H. Randolph Director
---------------------------------------
Jackson H. Randolph
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 2
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
/s/ James E. Rohr President, Chief Operating Officer
--------------------------------------- and Director
James E. Rohr
/s/ Roderic H. Ross Director
---------------------------------------
Roderic H. Ross
/s/ Richard P. Simmons Director
---------------------------------------
Richard P. Simmons
/s/ Thomas J. Usher Director
---------------------------------------
Thomas J. Usher
/s/ Milton A. Washington Director
---------------------------------------
Milton A. Washington
/s/ Helge H. Wehmeier Director
---------------------------------------
Helge H. Wehmeier
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated financial information incorporated by reference to the 1998 Annual
Report on Form 10-K and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial information.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998
<CASH> 2,534
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS> 0
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD> 0
<TRADING-ASSETS> 0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE> 7,074
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING> 0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET> 0
<LOANS> 57,650
<ALLOWANCE> (753)
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 77,207
<DEPOSITS> 47,496
<SHORT-TERM> 11,496
<LIABILITIES-OTHER> 1,874
<LONG-TERM> 9,450
0
7
<COMMON> 1,764
<OTHER-SE> 4,272
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY> 77,207
<INTEREST-LOAN> 4,590
<INTEREST-INVEST> 425
<INTEREST-OTHER> 298
<INTEREST-TOTAL> 5,313
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT> 1,471
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 2,740
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET> 2,573
<LOAN-LOSSES> 225
<SECURITIES-GAINS> 120
<EXPENSE-OTHER> 3,261
<INCOME-PRETAX> 1,710
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY> 1,115
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 1,115
<EPS-PRIMARY> 3.64
<EPS-DILUTED> 3.60
<YIELD-ACTUAL> 3.85
<LOANS-NON> 295
<LOANS-PAST> 268
<LOANS-TROUBLED> 0
<LOANS-PROBLEM> 77
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN> 972
<CHARGE-OFFS> (524)
<RECOVERIES> 77
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE> 753
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC> 753
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN> 0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED> 0
</TABLE>
